Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-ppc.c revision 1.1.1.1
      1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
      2    Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
      3    2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
      4    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      5    Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
      6 
      7    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      8 
      9    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     10    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     11    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     12    (at your option) any later version.
     13 
     14    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     15    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     16    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     17    GNU General Public License for more details.
     18 
     19    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     20    along with this program; if not, write to the
     21    Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
     22    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     23 
     24 
     25 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI.  The
     26    information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI.  It includes
     27    suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
     28    information may also not match.  */
     29 
     30 #include "sysdep.h"
     31 #include <stdarg.h>
     32 #include "bfd.h"
     33 #include "bfdlink.h"
     34 #include "libbfd.h"
     35 #include "elf-bfd.h"
     36 #include "elf/ppc.h"
     37 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
     38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
     39 #include "dwarf2.h"
     40 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
     41 
     42 typedef enum split16_format_type
     43 {
     44   split16a_type = 0,
     45   split16d_type
     46 }
     47 split16_format_type;
     48 
     49 /* RELA relocations are used here.  */
     50 
     51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
     52   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
     54   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     55 static void ppc_elf_vle_split16
     56   (bfd *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma, split16_format_type);
     57 
     58 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs.  */
     59 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
     60 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions.  */
     61 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
     62 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA.  */
     63 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
     64 
     65 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
     66    section.  */
     67 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
     68 
     69 /* For old-style PLT.  */
     70 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots).  */
     71 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
     72 
     73 /* For new-style .glink and .plt.  */
     74 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
     75 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE 4*4
     76 #define TLS_GET_ADDR_GLINK_SIZE 12*4
     77 
     78 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker.  */
     79 
     80 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry.  */
     81 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
     82 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
     83     [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
     84   {
     85     0x3d800000, /* lis     r12,0                 */
     86     0x818c0000, /* lwz     r12,0(r12)            */
     87     0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr   r12                   */
     88     0x4e800420, /* bctr                          */
     89     0x39600000, /* li      r11,0                 */
     90     0x48000000, /* b       14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
     91     0x60000000, /* nop                           */
     92     0x60000000, /* nop                           */
     93   };
     94 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
     95     [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
     96   {
     97     0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
     98     0x818c0000, /* lwz	 r12,0(r12) */
     99     0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
    100     0x4e800420, /* bctr */
    101     0x39600000, /* li	 r11,0 */
    102     0x48000000, /* b	 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
    103     0x60000000, /* nop */
    104     0x60000000, /* nop */
    105   };
    106 
    107 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry.  */
    108 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
    109 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
    110     [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
    111   {
    112     0x3d800000, /* lis     r12,0        */
    113     0x398c0000, /* addi    r12,r12,0    */
    114     0x800c0008, /* lwz     r0,8(r12)    */
    115     0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr   r0           */
    116     0x818c0004, /* lwz     r12,4(r12)   */
    117     0x4e800420, /* bctr                 */
    118     0x60000000, /* nop                  */
    119     0x60000000, /* nop                  */
    120   };
    121 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
    122     [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
    123   {
    124     0x819e0008, /* lwz	 r12,8(r30) */
    125     0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12        */
    126     0x819e0004, /* lwz	 r12,4(r30) */
    127     0x4e800420, /* bctr             */
    128     0x60000000, /* nop              */
    129     0x60000000, /* nop              */
    130     0x60000000, /* nop              */
    131     0x60000000, /* nop              */
    132   };
    133 
    134 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
    135    .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader.  */
    136 
    137 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
    138 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
    139 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
    140 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
    141 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when when creating
    142    a shared library. */
    143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
    144 
    145 /* Some instructions.  */
    146 #define ADDIS_11_11	0x3d6b0000
    147 #define ADDIS_11_30	0x3d7e0000
    148 #define ADDIS_12_12	0x3d8c0000
    149 #define ADDI_11_11	0x396b0000
    150 #define ADD_0_11_11	0x7c0b5a14
    151 #define ADD_3_12_2	0x7c6c1214
    152 #define ADD_11_0_11	0x7d605a14
    153 #define B		0x48000000
    154 #define BCL_20_31	0x429f0005
    155 #define BCTR		0x4e800420
    156 #define BEQLR		0x4d820020
    157 #define CMPWI_11_0	0x2c0b0000
    158 #define LIS_11		0x3d600000
    159 #define LIS_12		0x3d800000
    160 #define LWZU_0_12	0x840c0000
    161 #define LWZ_0_12	0x800c0000
    162 #define LWZ_11_3	0x81630000
    163 #define LWZ_11_11	0x816b0000
    164 #define LWZ_11_30	0x817e0000
    165 #define LWZ_12_3	0x81830000
    166 #define LWZ_12_12	0x818c0000
    167 #define MR_0_3		0x7c601b78
    168 #define MR_3_0		0x7c030378
    169 #define MFLR_0		0x7c0802a6
    170 #define MFLR_12		0x7d8802a6
    171 #define MTCTR_0		0x7c0903a6
    172 #define MTCTR_11	0x7d6903a6
    173 #define MTLR_0		0x7c0803a6
    174 #define NOP		0x60000000
    175 #define SUB_11_11_12	0x7d6c5850
    176 
    177 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block.  */
    178 #define TP_OFFSET	0x7000
    179 #define DTP_OFFSET	0x8000
    180 
    181 /* The value of a defined global symbol.  */
    182 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
    183   ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma	\
    184    + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset		\
    185    + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
    186 
    187 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
    189 
    190 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
    191   /* This reloc does nothing.  */
    192   HOWTO (R_PPC_NONE,		/* type */
    193 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    194 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    195 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    196 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    197 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    198 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    199 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    200 	 "R_PPC_NONE",		/* name */
    201 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    202 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    203 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    204 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    205 
    206   /* A standard 32 bit relocation.  */
    207   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR32,		/* type */
    208 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    209 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    210 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    211 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    212 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    213 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    214 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    215 	 "R_PPC_ADDR32",	/* name */
    216 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    217 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    218 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    219 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    220 
    221   /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
    222      FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them.  */
    223   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR24,		/* type */
    224 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    225 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    226 	 26,			/* bitsize */
    227 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    228 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    229 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    230 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    231 	 "R_PPC_ADDR24",	/* name */
    232 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    233 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    234 	 0x3fffffc,		/* dst_mask */
    235 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    236 
    237   /* A standard 16 bit relocation.  */
    238   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16,		/* type */
    239 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    240 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    241 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    242 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    243 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    244 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    245 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    246 	 "R_PPC_ADDR16",	/* name */
    247 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    248 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    249 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    250 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    251 
    252   /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow.  */
    253   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO,	/* type */
    254 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    255 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    256 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    257 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    258 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    259 	 complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
    260 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    261 	 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO",	/* name */
    262 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    263 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    264 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    265 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    266 
    267   /* The high order 16 bits of an address.  */
    268   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI,	/* type */
    269 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    270 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    271 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    272 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    273 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    274 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    275 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    276 	 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HI",	/* name */
    277 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    278 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    279 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    280 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    281 
    282   /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
    283      the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative.  */
    284   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA,	/* type */
    285 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    286 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    287 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    288 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    289 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    290 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    291 	 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
    292 	 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA",	/* name */
    293 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    294 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    295 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    296 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    297 
    298   /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
    299      FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them.  */
    300   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14,		/* type */
    301 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    302 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    303 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    304 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    305 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    306 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    307 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    308 	 "R_PPC_ADDR14",	/* name */
    309 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    310 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    311 	 0xfffc,		/* dst_mask */
    312 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    313 
    314   /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
    315      indicate that the branch is expected to be taken.	The lower two
    316      bits must be zero.  */
    317   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN,	/* type */
    318 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    319 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    320 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    321 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    322 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    323 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    324 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    325 	 "R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN",/* name */
    326 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    327 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    328 	 0xfffc,		/* dst_mask */
    329 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    330 
    331   /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
    332      indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken.  The lower
    333      two bits must be zero.  */
    334   HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, /* type */
    335 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    336 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    337 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    338 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    339 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    340 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    341 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    342 	 "R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN",/* name */
    343 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    344 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    345 	 0xfffc,		/* dst_mask */
    346 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    347 
    348   /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.  */
    349   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL24,		/* type */
    350 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    351 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    352 	 26,			/* bitsize */
    353 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    354 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    355 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    356 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    357 	 "R_PPC_REL24",		/* name */
    358 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    359 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    360 	 0x3fffffc,		/* dst_mask */
    361 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    362 
    363   /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.  */
    364   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14,		/* type */
    365 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    366 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    367 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    368 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    369 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    370 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    371 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    372 	 "R_PPC_REL14",		/* name */
    373 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    374 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    375 	 0xfffc,		/* dst_mask */
    376 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    377 
    378   /* A relative 16 bit branch.  Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
    379      the branch is expected to be taken.  The lower two bits must be
    380      zero.  */
    381   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN,	/* type */
    382 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    383 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    384 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    385 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    386 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    387 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    388 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    389 	 "R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN",	/* name */
    390 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    391 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    392 	 0xfffc,		/* dst_mask */
    393 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    394 
    395   /* A relative 16 bit branch.  Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
    396      the branch is not expected to be taken.  The lower two bits must
    397      be zero.  */
    398   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN,	/* type */
    399 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    400 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    401 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    402 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    403 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    404 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    405 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    406 	 "R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN",/* name */
    407 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    408 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    409 	 0xfffc,		/* dst_mask */
    410 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    411 
    412   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
    413      symbol.  */
    414   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16,		/* type */
    415 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    416 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    417 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    418 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    419 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    420 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    421 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    422 	 "R_PPC_GOT16",		/* name */
    423 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    424 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    425 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    426 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    427 
    428   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
    429      the symbol.  */
    430   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_LO,	/* type */
    431 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    432 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    433 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    434 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    435 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    436 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    437 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    438 	 "R_PPC_GOT16_LO",	/* name */
    439 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    440 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    441 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    442 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    443 
    444   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
    445      the symbol.  */
    446   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_HI,	/* type */
    447 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    448 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    449 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    450 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    451 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    452 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    453 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    454 	 "R_PPC_GOT16_HI",	/* name */
    455 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    456 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    457 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    458 	 FALSE),		 /* pcrel_offset */
    459 
    460   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
    461      the symbol.  */
    462   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_HA,	/* type */
    463 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    464 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    465 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    466 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    467 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    468 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    469 	 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
    470 	 "R_PPC_GOT16_HA",	/* name */
    471 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    472 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    473 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    474 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    475 
    476   /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
    477      entry for the symbol.  */
    478   HOWTO (R_PPC_PLTREL24,	/* type */
    479 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    480 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    481 	 26,			/* bitsize */
    482 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    483 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    484 	 complain_overflow_signed,  /* complain_on_overflow */
    485 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    486 	 "R_PPC_PLTREL24",	/* name */
    487 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    488 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    489 	 0x3fffffc,		/* dst_mask */
    490 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    491 
    492   /* This is used only by the dynamic linker.  The symbol should exist
    493      both in the object being run and in some shared library.  The
    494      dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
    495      shared library into the object, because the object being
    496      run has to have the data at some particular address.  */
    497   HOWTO (R_PPC_COPY,		/* type */
    498 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    499 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    500 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    501 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    502 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    503 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    504 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
    505 	 "R_PPC_COPY",		/* name */
    506 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    507 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    508 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    509 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    510 
    511   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
    512      entries.  */
    513   HOWTO (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT,	/* type */
    514 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    515 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    516 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    517 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    518 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    519 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    520 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
    521 	 "R_PPC_GLOB_DAT",	/* name */
    522 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    523 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    524 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    525 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    526 
    527   /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol.  */
    528   HOWTO (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT,	/* type */
    529 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    530 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    531 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    532 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    533 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    534 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    535 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
    536 	 "R_PPC_JMP_SLOT",	/* name */
    537 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    538 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    539 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    540 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    541 
    542   /* Used only by the dynamic linker.  When the object is run, this
    543      longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
    544      addend.  */
    545   HOWTO (R_PPC_RELATIVE,	/* type */
    546 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    547 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    548 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    549 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    550 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    551 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    552 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
    553 	 "R_PPC_RELATIVE",	/* name */
    554 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    555 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    556 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    557 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    558 
    559   /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
    560      object rather than the final value.  Normally used for
    561      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
    562   HOWTO (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC,	/* type */
    563 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    564 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    565 	 26,			/* bitsize */
    566 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    567 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    568 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    569 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    570 	 "R_PPC_LOCAL24PC",	/* name */
    571 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    572 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    573 	 0x3fffffc,		/* dst_mask */
    574 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    575 
    576   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned.  */
    577   HOWTO (R_PPC_UADDR32,		/* type */
    578 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    579 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    580 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    581 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    582 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    583 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    584 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    585 	 "R_PPC_UADDR32",	/* name */
    586 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    587 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    588 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    589 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    590 
    591   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned.  */
    592   HOWTO (R_PPC_UADDR16,		/* type */
    593 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    594 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    595 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    596 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    597 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    598 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    599 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    600 	 "R_PPC_UADDR16",	/* name */
    601 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    602 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    603 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    604 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    605 
    606   /* 32-bit PC relative */
    607   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL32,		/* type */
    608 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    609 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    610 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    611 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    612 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    613 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    614 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    615 	 "R_PPC_REL32",		/* name */
    616 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    617 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    618 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    619 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    620 
    621   /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
    622      FIXME: not supported.  */
    623   HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT32,		/* type */
    624 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    625 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    626 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    627 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    628 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    629 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    630 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    631 	 "R_PPC_PLT32",		/* name */
    632 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    633 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    634 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    635 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    636 
    637   /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
    638      FIXME: not supported.  */
    639   HOWTO (R_PPC_PLTREL32,	/* type */
    640 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    641 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    642 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    643 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    644 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    645 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    646 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    647 	 "R_PPC_PLTREL32",	/* name */
    648 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    649 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    650 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    651 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    652 
    653   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
    654      the symbol.  */
    655   HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_LO,	/* type */
    656 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    657 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    658 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    659 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    660 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    661 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    662 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    663 	 "R_PPC_PLT16_LO",	/* name */
    664 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    665 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    666 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    667 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    668 
    669   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
    670      the symbol.  */
    671   HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_HI,	/* type */
    672 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    673 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    674 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    675 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    676 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    677 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    678 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    679 	 "R_PPC_PLT16_HI",	/* name */
    680 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    681 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    682 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    683 	 FALSE),		 /* pcrel_offset */
    684 
    685   /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
    686      the symbol.  */
    687   HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_HA,	/* type */
    688 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    689 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    690 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    691 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    692 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    693 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    694 	 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
    695 	 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA",	/* name */
    696 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    697 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    698 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    699 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    700 
    701   /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
    702      small data items.  */
    703   HOWTO (R_PPC_SDAREL16,	/* type */
    704 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    705 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    706 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    707 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    708 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    709 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    710 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    711 	 "R_PPC_SDAREL16",	/* name */
    712 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    713 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    714 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    715 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    716 
    717   /* 16-bit section relative relocation.  */
    718   HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF,		/* type */
    719 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    720 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    721 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    722 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    723 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    724 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    725 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    726 	 "R_PPC_SECTOFF",	/* name */
    727 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    728 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    729 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    730 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    731 
    732   /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation.  */
    733   HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO,	  /* type */
    734 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    735 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    736 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    737 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    738 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    739 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    740 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    741 	 "R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO",	/* name */
    742 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    743 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    744 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    745 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    746 
    747   /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation.  */
    748   HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI,	/* type */
    749 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    750 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    751 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    752 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    753 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    754 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    755 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    756 	 "R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI",	/* name */
    757 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    758 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    759 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    760 	 FALSE),		 /* pcrel_offset */
    761 
    762   /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation.  */
    763   HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA,	/* type */
    764 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    765 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    766 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    767 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    768 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    769 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    770 	 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
    771 	 "R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA",	/* name */
    772 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    773 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    774 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    775 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    776 
    777   /* Marker relocs for TLS.  */
    778   HOWTO (R_PPC_TLS,
    779 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    780 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    781 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    782 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    783 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    784 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    785 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    786 	 "R_PPC_TLS",		/* name */
    787 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    788 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    789 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    790 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    791 
    792   HOWTO (R_PPC_TLSGD,
    793 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    794 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    795 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    796 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    797 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    798 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    799 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    800 	 "R_PPC_TLSGD",		/* name */
    801 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    802 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    803 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    804 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    805 
    806   HOWTO (R_PPC_TLSLD,
    807 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    808 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    809 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    810 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    811 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    812 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    813 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    814 	 "R_PPC_TLSLD",		/* name */
    815 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    816 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    817 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    818 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    819 
    820   /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
    821      definition of its TLS sym.  */
    822   HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPMOD32,
    823 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    824 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    825 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    826 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    827 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    828 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    829 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    830 	 "R_PPC_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    831 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    832 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    833 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    834 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    835 
    836   /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
    837      of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
    838      contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000.  */
    839   HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL32,
    840 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    841 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    842 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    843 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    844 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    845 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    846 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    847 	 "R_PPC_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    848 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    849 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    850 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    851 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    852 
    853   /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc.  */
    854   HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16,
    855 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    856 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    857 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    858 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    859 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    860 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    861 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    862 	 "R_PPC_DTPREL16",	/* name */
    863 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    864 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    865 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    866 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    867 
    868   /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow.  */
    869   HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO,
    870 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    871 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    872 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    873 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    874 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    875 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    876 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    877 	 "R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO",	/* name */
    878 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    879 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    880 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    881 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    882 
    883   /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
    884   HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI,
    885 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    886 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    887 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    888 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    889 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    890 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    891 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    892 	 "R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI",	/* name */
    893 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    894 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    895 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    896 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    897 
    898   /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
    899   HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA,
    900 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    901 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    902 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    903 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    904 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    905 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    906 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    907 	 "R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA",	/* name */
    908 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    909 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    910 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    911 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    912 
    913   /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
    914      sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13).  */
    915   HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL32,
    916 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    917 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    918 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    919 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    920 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    921 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    922 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    923 	 "R_PPC_TPREL32",	/* name */
    924 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    925 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    926 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    927 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    928 
    929   /* A 16 bit tprel reloc.  */
    930   HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16,
    931 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    932 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    933 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    934 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    935 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    936 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    937 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    938 	 "R_PPC_TPREL16",	/* name */
    939 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    940 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    941 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    942 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    943 
    944   /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow.  */
    945   HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO,
    946 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    947 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    948 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    949 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    950 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    951 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    952 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    953 	 "R_PPC_TPREL16_LO",	/* name */
    954 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    955 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    956 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    957 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    958 
    959   /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
    960   HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI,
    961 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    962 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    963 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    964 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    965 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    966 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    967 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    968 	 "R_PPC_TPREL16_HI",	/* name */
    969 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    970 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    971 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    972 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    973 
    974   /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
    975   HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA,
    976 	 16,			/* rightshift */
    977 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    978 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    979 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    980 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    981 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    982 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
    983 	 "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA",	/* name */
    984 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    985 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    986 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    987 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    988 
    989   /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
    990      with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
    991      to the first entry.  */
    992   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16,
    993 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    994 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    995 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    996 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    997 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    998 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    999 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1000 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16",	/* name */
   1001 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1002 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1003 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1004 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1005 
   1006   /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow.  */
   1007   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO,
   1008 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1009 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1010 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1011 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1012 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1013 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1014 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1015 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO", /* name */
   1016 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1017 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1018 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1019 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1020 
   1021   /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
   1022   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI,
   1023 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1024 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1025 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1026 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1027 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1028 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1029 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1030 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI", /* name */
   1031 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1032 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1033 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1034 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1035 
   1036   /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
   1037   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA,
   1038 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1039 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1040 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1041 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1042 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1043 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1044 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1045 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA", /* name */
   1046 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1047 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1048 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1049 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1050 
   1051   /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
   1052      with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
   1053      first entry.  */
   1054   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16,
   1055 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1056 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1057 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1058 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1059 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1060 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1061 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1062 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16",	/* name */
   1063 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1064 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1065 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1066 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1067 
   1068   /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow.  */
   1069   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO,
   1070 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1071 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1072 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1073 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1074 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1075 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1076 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1077 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO", /* name */
   1078 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1079 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1080 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1081 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1082 
   1083   /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
   1084   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI,
   1085 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1086 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1087 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1088 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1089 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1090 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1091 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1092 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI", /* name */
   1093 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1094 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1095 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1096 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1097 
   1098   /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
   1099   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA,
   1100 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1101 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1102 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1103 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1104 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1105 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1106 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1107 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA", /* name */
   1108 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1109 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1110 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1111 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1112 
   1113   /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
   1114      the offset to the entry.  */
   1115   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16,
   1116 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1117 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1118 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1119 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1120 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1121 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1122 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1123 	 "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16",	/* name */
   1124 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1125 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1126 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1127 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1128 
   1129   /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow.  */
   1130   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO,
   1131 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1132 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1133 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1134 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1135 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1136 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1137 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1138 	 "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO", /* name */
   1139 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1140 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1141 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1142 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1143 
   1144   /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
   1145   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI,
   1146 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1147 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1148 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1149 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1150 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1151 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1152 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1153 	 "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI", /* name */
   1154 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1155 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1156 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1157 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1158 
   1159   /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
   1160   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA,
   1161 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1162 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1163 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1164 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1165 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1166 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1167 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1168 	 "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA", /* name */
   1169 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1170 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1171 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1172 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1173 
   1174   /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
   1175      offset to the entry.  */
   1176   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16,
   1177 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1178 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1179 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1180 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1181 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1182 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1183 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1184 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16",	/* name */
   1185 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1186 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1187 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1188 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1189 
   1190   /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow.  */
   1191   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO,
   1192 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1193 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1194 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1195 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1196 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1197 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1198 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1199 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO", /* name */
   1200 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1201 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1202 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1203 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1204 
   1205   /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
   1206   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI,
   1207 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1208 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1209 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1210 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1211 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1212 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1213 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1214 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI", /* name */
   1215 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1216 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1217 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1218 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1219 
   1220   /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
   1221   HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA,
   1222 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1223 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1224 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1225 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1226 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1227 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1228 	 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
   1229 	 "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA", /* name */
   1230 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1231 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1232 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1233 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1234 
   1235   /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
   1236      in the SVR4 ELF ABI.  */
   1237 
   1238   /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
   1239   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32,	/* type */
   1240 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1241 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1242 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1243 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1244 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1245 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1246 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1247 	 "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32",	/* name */
   1248 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1249 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1250 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1251 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1252 
   1253   /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
   1254   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16,	/* type */
   1255 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1256 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1257 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1258 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1259 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1260 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1261 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1262 	 "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16",	/* name */
   1263 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1264 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1265 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1266 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1267 
   1268   /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
   1269   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO,	/* type */
   1270 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1271 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1272 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1273 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1274 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1275 	 complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
   1276 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1277 	 "R_PPC_EMB_ADDR16_LO",	/* name */
   1278 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1279 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1280 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1281 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1282 
   1283   /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol.  */
   1284   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI,	/* type */
   1285 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1286 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1287 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1288 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1289 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1290 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1291 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1292 	 "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI", /* name */
   1293 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1294 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1295 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1296 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1297 
   1298   /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
   1299      plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
   1300      is negative.  */
   1301   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA,	/* type */
   1302 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1303 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1304 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1305 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1306 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1307 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1308 	 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
   1309 	 "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA", /* name */
   1310 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1311 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1312 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1313 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1314 
   1315   /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
   1316      address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
   1317      _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation.  */
   1318   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16,	/* type */
   1319 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1320 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1321 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1322 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1323 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1324 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1325 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1326 	 "R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16",	/* name */
   1327 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1328 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1329 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1330 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1331 
   1332   /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
   1333      address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
   1334      _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation.  */
   1335   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16,	/* type */
   1336 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1337 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1338 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1339 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1340 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1341 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1342 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1343 	 "R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16",	/* name */
   1344 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1345 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1346 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1347 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1348 
   1349   /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
   1350      small data items.	 */
   1351   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL,	/* type */
   1352 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1353 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1354 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1355 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1356 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1357 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1358 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1359 	 "R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL",	/* name */
   1360 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1361 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1362 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1363 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1364 
   1365   /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
   1366      signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
   1367      field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13).  */
   1368   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21,	/* type */
   1369 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1370 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1371 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1372 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1373 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1374 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1375 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1376 	 "R_PPC_EMB_SDA21",	/* name */
   1377 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1378 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1379 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1380 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1381 
   1382   /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
   1383   /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
   1384   /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
   1385   /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
   1386   /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
   1387   /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
   1388 
   1389   /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
   1390      in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
   1391      register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13).  */
   1392   HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA,	/* type */
   1393 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1394 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1395 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1396 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1397 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1398 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1399 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1400 	 "R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA",	/* name */
   1401 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1402 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1403 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1404 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1405 
   1406   /* A relative 8 bit branch.  */
   1407   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_REL8,	/* type */
   1408 	 1,			/* rightshift */
   1409 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1410 	 8,			/* bitsize */
   1411 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
   1412 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1413 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1414 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1415 	 "R_PPC_VLE_REL8",	/* name */
   1416 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1417 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1418 	 0xff,			/* dst_mask */
   1419 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
   1420 
   1421   /* A relative 15 bit branch.  */
   1422   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_REL15,	/* type */
   1423 	 1,			/* rightshift */
   1424 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1425 	 15,			/* bitsize */
   1426 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
   1427 	 1,			/* bitpos */
   1428 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1429 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1430 	 "R_PPC_VLE_REL15",	/* name */
   1431 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1432 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1433 	 0xfe,			/* dst_mask */
   1434 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
   1435 
   1436   /* A relative 24 bit branch.  */
   1437   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_REL24,	/* type */
   1438 	 1,			/* rightshift */
   1439 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1440 	 24,			/* bitsize */
   1441 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
   1442 	 1,			/* bitpos */
   1443 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1444 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1445 	 "R_PPC_VLE_REL24",	/* name */
   1446 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1447 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1448 	 0x1fffffe,		/* dst_mask */
   1449 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
   1450 
   1451   /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format.  */
   1452   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A,	/* type */
   1453 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1454 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1455 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1456 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1457 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1458 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1459 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1460 	 "R_PPC_VLE_LO16A",	/* name */
   1461 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1462 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1463 	 0x1f007ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1464 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1465 
   1466   /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format.  */
   1467   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D,	/* type */
   1468 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1469 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1470 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1471 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1472 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1473 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1474 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1475 	 "R_PPC_VLE_LO16D",		/* name */
   1476 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1477 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1478 	 0x1f07ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1479 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1480 
   1481   /* Bits 16-31 split16a format.  */
   1482   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A,	/* type */
   1483 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1484 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1485 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1486 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1487 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1488 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1489 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1490 	 "R_PPC_VLE_HI16A",		/* name */
   1491 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1492 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1493 	 0x1f007ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1494 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1495 
   1496   /* Bits 16-31 split16d format.  */
   1497   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D,	/* type */
   1498 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1499 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1500 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1501 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1502 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1503 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1504 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1505 	 "R_PPC_VLE_HI16D",		/* name */
   1506 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1507 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1508 	 0x1f07ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1509 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1510 
   1511   /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format.  */
   1512   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A,	/* type */
   1513 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1514 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1515 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1516 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1517 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1518 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1519 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1520 	 "R_PPC_VLE_HA16A",		/* name */
   1521 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1522 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1523 	 0x1f007ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1524 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1525 
   1526   /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format.  */
   1527   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D,	/* type */
   1528 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1529 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1530 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1531 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1532 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1533 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1534 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1535 	 "R_PPC_VLE_HA16D",		/* name */
   1536 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1537 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1538 	 0x1f07ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1539 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1540 
   1541   /* This reloc does nothing.  */
   1542   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21,		/* type */
   1543 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1544 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1545 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1546 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1547 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1548 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1549 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1550 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDA21",		/* name */
   1551 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1552 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1553 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1554 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1555 
   1556   /* This reloc does nothing.  */
   1557   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO,	/* type */
   1558 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1559 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1560 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1561 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1562 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1563 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1564 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1565 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO",	/* name */
   1566 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1567 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1568 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
   1569 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1570 
   1571   /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format.  */
   1572   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A,/* type */
   1573 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1574 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1575 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1576 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1577 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1578 	 complain_overflow_bitfield,	/* complain_on_overflow */
   1579 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1580 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A",	/* name */
   1581 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1582 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1583 	 0x1f007ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1584 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1585 
   1586   /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format.  */
   1587   /* This reloc does nothing.  */
   1588   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, /* type */
   1589 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1590 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1591 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1592 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1593 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1594 	 complain_overflow_bitfield,	/* complain_on_overflow */
   1595 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1596 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D",		/* name */
   1597 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1598 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1599 	 0x1f07ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1600 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1601 
   1602   /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format.  */
   1603   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A,	/* type */
   1604 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1605 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1606 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1607 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1608 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1609 	 complain_overflow_bitfield,	/* complain_on_overflow */
   1610 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1611 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A",	/* name */
   1612 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1613 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1614 	 0x1f007ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1615 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1616 
   1617   /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format.  */
   1618   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D,	/* type */
   1619 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1620 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1621 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1622 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1623 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1624 	 complain_overflow_bitfield,	/* complain_on_overflow */
   1625 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1626 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D",	/* name */
   1627 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1628 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1629 	 0x1f07ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1630 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1631 
   1632   /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format.  */
   1633   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A,	/* type */
   1634 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1635 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1636 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1637 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1638 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1639 	 complain_overflow_bitfield,	/* complain_on_overflow */
   1640 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1641 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A",	/* name */
   1642 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1643 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1644 	 0x1f007ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1645 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1646 
   1647   /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format.  */
   1648   HOWTO (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D,	/* type */
   1649 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1650 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1651 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1652 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1653 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1654 	 complain_overflow_bitfield,	/* complain_on_overflow */
   1655 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1656 	 "R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D",	/* name */
   1657 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1658 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1659 	 0x1f07ff,		/* dst_mask */
   1660 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1661 
   1662   HOWTO (R_PPC_IRELATIVE,	/* type */
   1663 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1664 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1665 	 32,			/* bitsize */
   1666 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1667 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1668 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1669 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	 /* special_function */
   1670 	 "R_PPC_IRELATIVE",	/* name */
   1671 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1672 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1673 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1674 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1675 
   1676   /* A 16 bit relative relocation.  */
   1677   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16,		/* type */
   1678 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1679 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1680 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1681 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
   1682 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1683 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1684 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1685 	 "R_PPC_REL16",		/* name */
   1686 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1687 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1688 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1689 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
   1690 
   1691   /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow.  */
   1692   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_LO,	/* type */
   1693 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1694 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1695 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1696 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
   1697 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1698 	 complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
   1699 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1700 	 "R_PPC_REL16_LO",	/* name */
   1701 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1702 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1703 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1704 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
   1705 
   1706   /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address.  */
   1707   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_HI,	/* type */
   1708 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1709 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1710 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1711 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
   1712 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1713 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1714 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1715 	 "R_PPC_REL16_HI",	/* name */
   1716 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1717 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1718 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1719 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
   1720 
   1721   /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
   1722      the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative.  */
   1723   HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_HA,	/* type */
   1724 	 16,			/* rightshift */
   1725 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1726 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1727 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
   1728 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1729 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1730 	 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
   1731 	 "R_PPC_REL16_HA",	/* name */
   1732 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1733 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1734 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1735 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
   1736 
   1737   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
   1738   HOWTO (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
   1739 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1740 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1741 	 0,			/* bitsize */
   1742 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1743 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1744 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1745 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
   1746 	 "R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
   1747 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1748 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1749 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
   1750 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1751 
   1752   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
   1753   HOWTO (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
   1754 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1755 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1756 	 0,			/* bitsize */
   1757 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1758 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1759 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1760 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
   1761 	 "R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
   1762 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1763 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1764 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
   1765 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1766 
   1767   /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries.  */
   1768   HOWTO (R_PPC_TOC16,		/* type */
   1769 	 0,			/* rightshift */
   1770 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
   1771 	 16,			/* bitsize */
   1772 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
   1773 	 0,			/* bitpos */
   1774 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
   1775 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
   1776 	 "R_PPC_TOC16",		/* name */
   1777 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
   1778 	 0,			/* src_mask */
   1779 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
   1780 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
   1781 };
   1782 
   1783 /* External 32-bit PPC structure for PRPSINFO.  This structure is
   1784    ABI-defined, thus we choose to use char arrays here in order to
   1785    avoid dealing with different types in different architectures.
   1786 
   1787    The PPC 32-bit structure uses int for `pr_uid' and `pr_gid' while
   1788    most non-PPC architectures use `short int'.
   1789 
   1790    This structure will ultimately be written in the corefile's note
   1791    section, as the PRPSINFO.  */
   1792 
   1793 struct elf_external_ppc_linux_prpsinfo32
   1794   {
   1795     char pr_state;			/* Numeric process state.  */
   1796     char pr_sname;			/* Char for pr_state.  */
   1797     char pr_zomb;			/* Zombie.  */
   1798     char pr_nice;			/* Nice val.  */
   1799     char pr_flag[4];			/* Flags.  */
   1800     char pr_uid[4];
   1801     char pr_gid[4];
   1802     char pr_pid[4];
   1803     char pr_ppid[4];
   1804     char pr_pgrp[4];
   1805     char pr_sid[4];
   1806     char pr_fname[16];			/* Filename of executable.  */
   1807     char pr_psargs[80];			/* Initial part of arg list.  */
   1808   };
   1809 
   1810 /* Helper macro to swap (properly handling endianess) things from the
   1811    `elf_internal_prpsinfo' structure to the `elf_external_ppc_prpsinfo32'
   1812    structure.
   1813 
   1814    Note that FROM should be a pointer, and TO should be the explicit type.  */
   1815 
   1816 #define PPC_LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS(abfd, from, to)	      \
   1817   do								      \
   1818     {								      \
   1819       H_PUT_8 (abfd, from->pr_state, &to.pr_state);		      \
   1820       H_PUT_8 (abfd, from->pr_sname, &to.pr_sname);		      \
   1821       H_PUT_8 (abfd, from->pr_zomb, &to.pr_zomb);		      \
   1822       H_PUT_8 (abfd, from->pr_nice, &to.pr_nice);		      \
   1823       H_PUT_32 (abfd, from->pr_flag, to.pr_flag);		      \
   1824       H_PUT_32 (abfd, from->pr_uid, to.pr_uid);			      \
   1825       H_PUT_32 (abfd, from->pr_gid, to.pr_gid);			      \
   1826       H_PUT_32 (abfd, from->pr_pid, to.pr_pid);			      \
   1827       H_PUT_32 (abfd, from->pr_ppid, to.pr_ppid);		      \
   1828       H_PUT_32 (abfd, from->pr_pgrp, to.pr_pgrp);		      \
   1829       H_PUT_32 (abfd, from->pr_sid, to.pr_sid);			      \
   1830       strncpy (to.pr_fname, from->pr_fname, sizeof (to.pr_fname));    \
   1831       strncpy (to.pr_psargs, from->pr_psargs, sizeof (to.pr_psargs)); \
   1832     } while (0)
   1833 
   1834 
   1835 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done.  */
   1837 
   1838 static void
   1839 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
   1840 {
   1841   unsigned int i, type;
   1842 
   1843   for (i = 0;
   1844        i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
   1845        i++)
   1846     {
   1847       type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
   1848       if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
   1849 		   / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
   1850 	abort ();
   1851       ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
   1852     }
   1853 }
   1854 
   1855 static reloc_howto_type *
   1856 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1857 			   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
   1858 {
   1859   enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
   1860 
   1861   /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
   1862   if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
   1863     ppc_elf_howto_init ();
   1864 
   1865   switch (code)
   1866     {
   1867     default:
   1868       return NULL;
   1869 
   1870     case BFD_RELOC_NONE:		r = R_PPC_NONE;			break;
   1871     case BFD_RELOC_32:			r = R_PPC_ADDR32;		break;
   1872     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26:		r = R_PPC_ADDR24;		break;
   1873     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
   1874     case BFD_RELOC_16:			r = R_PPC_ADDR16;		break;
   1875     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
   1876     case BFD_RELOC_LO16:		r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO;		break;
   1877     case BFD_RELOC_HI16:		r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI;		break;
   1878     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S:		r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA;		break;
   1879     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16:		r = R_PPC_ADDR14;		break;
   1880     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN:	r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN;	break;
   1881     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN:	r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN;	break;
   1882     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26:		r = R_PPC_REL24;		break;
   1883     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16:		r = R_PPC_REL14;		break;
   1884     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN:	r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN;	break;
   1885     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN:	r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN;	break;
   1886     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
   1887     case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF:		r = R_PPC_GOT16;		break;
   1888     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
   1889     case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF:		r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;		break;
   1890     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF:		r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI;		break;
   1891     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF:	r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA;		break;
   1892     case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL:	r = R_PPC_PLTREL24;		break;
   1893     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY:		r = R_PPC_COPY;			break;
   1894     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT:	r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT;		break;
   1895     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC:	r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC;		break;
   1896     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:		r = R_PPC_REL32;		break;
   1897     case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF:		r = R_PPC_PLT32;		break;
   1898     case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL:	r = R_PPC_PLTREL32;		break;
   1899     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
   1900     case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF:		r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO;		break;
   1901     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF:		r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI;		break;
   1902     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF:	r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA;		break;
   1903     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:		r = R_PPC_SDAREL16;		break;
   1904     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
   1905     case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL:		r = R_PPC_SECTOFF;		break;
   1906     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
   1907     case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL:	r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO;		break;
   1908     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL:	r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI;		break;
   1909     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL:	r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA;		break;
   1910     case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:		r = R_PPC_ADDR32;		break;
   1911     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
   1912     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16:		r = R_PPC_TOC16;		break;
   1913     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS:		r = R_PPC_TLS;			break;
   1914     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD:		r = R_PPC_TLSGD;		break;
   1915     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD:		r = R_PPC_TLSLD;		break;
   1916     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD:		r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32;		break;
   1917     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
   1918     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16:		r = R_PPC_TPREL16;		break;
   1919     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
   1920     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO:	r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;		break;
   1921     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI:	r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI;		break;
   1922     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA:	r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;		break;
   1923     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL:		r = R_PPC_TPREL32;		break;
   1924     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
   1925     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16:	r = R_PPC_DTPREL16;		break;
   1926     case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
   1927     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:	r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO;		break;
   1928     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:	r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI;		break;
   1929     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:	r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA;		break;
   1930     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL:		r = R_PPC_DTPREL32;		break;
   1931     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16;		break;
   1932     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO;	break;
   1933     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI;	break;
   1934     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA;	break;
   1935     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16;		break;
   1936     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO;	break;
   1937     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI;	break;
   1938     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA;	break;
   1939     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16;		break;
   1940     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO;	break;
   1941     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI;	break;
   1942     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:	r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA;	break;
   1943     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:	r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16;		break;
   1944     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:	r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO;	break;
   1945     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:	r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI;	break;
   1946     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:	r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA;	break;
   1947     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:	r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32;		break;
   1948     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:	r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16;		break;
   1949     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:	r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO;	break;
   1950     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:	r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI;	break;
   1951     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:	r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA;	break;
   1952     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:	r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16;		break;
   1953     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:	r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16;		break;
   1954     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:	r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL;		break;
   1955     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21:	r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21;		break;
   1956     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:	r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF;		break;
   1957     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:	r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16;		break;
   1958     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:	r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO;		break;
   1959     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:	r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI;		break;
   1960     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:	r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA;		break;
   1961     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:	r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD;		break;
   1962     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:	r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA;		break;
   1963     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8:	r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8;		break;
   1964     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15:	r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15;		break;
   1965     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24:	r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24;		break;
   1966     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A:	r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A;		break;
   1967     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D:	r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D;		break;
   1968     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A:	r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A;		break;
   1969     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D:	r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D;		break;
   1970     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A:	r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A;		break;
   1971     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D:	r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D;		break;
   1972     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21:	r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21;		break;
   1973     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:	r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO;		break;
   1974     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
   1975       r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
   1976       break;
   1977     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
   1978       r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
   1979       break;
   1980     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
   1981       r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
   1982       break;
   1983     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
   1984       r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
   1985       break;
   1986     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
   1987       r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
   1988       break;
   1989     case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
   1990       r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
   1991       break;
   1992     case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:		r = R_PPC_REL16;		break;
   1993     case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL:		r = R_PPC_REL16_LO;		break;
   1994     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL:		r = R_PPC_REL16_HI;		break;
   1995     case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL:	r = R_PPC_REL16_HA;		break;
   1996     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:	r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT;	break;
   1997     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:	r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY;		break;
   1998     }
   1999 
   2000   return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
   2001 };
   2002 
   2003 static reloc_howto_type *
   2004 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2005 			   const char *r_name)
   2006 {
   2007   unsigned int i;
   2008 
   2009   for (i = 0;
   2010        i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
   2011        i++)
   2012     if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
   2013 	&& strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
   2014       return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
   2015 
   2016   return NULL;
   2017 }
   2018 
   2019 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc.  */
   2020 
   2021 static void
   2022 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2023 		       arelent *cache_ptr,
   2024 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
   2025 {
   2026   /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
   2027   if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
   2028     ppc_elf_howto_init ();
   2029 
   2030   BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) < (unsigned int) R_PPC_max);
   2031   cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info)];
   2032 
   2033   /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
   2034      ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation.  */
   2035   if (!cache_ptr->howto)
   2036     {
   2037       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
   2038                              abfd, ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info));
   2039       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2040 
   2041       cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_NONE];
   2042     }
   2043 }
   2044 
   2045 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs.  */
   2046 
   2047 static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2048 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2049 			 arelent *reloc_entry,
   2050 			 asymbol *symbol,
   2051 			 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2052 			 asection *input_section,
   2053 			 bfd *output_bfd,
   2054 			 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2055 {
   2056   bfd_vma relocation;
   2057 
   2058   if (output_bfd != NULL)
   2059     {
   2060       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
   2061       return bfd_reloc_ok;
   2062     }
   2063 
   2064   if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
   2065     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   2066 
   2067   if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
   2068     relocation = 0;
   2069   else
   2070     relocation = symbol->value;
   2071 
   2072   relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
   2073   relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
   2074   relocation += reloc_entry->addend;
   2075   if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
   2076     relocation -= reloc_entry->address;
   2077 
   2078   reloc_entry->addend += (relocation & 0x8000) << 1;
   2079 
   2080   return bfd_reloc_continue;
   2081 }
   2082 
   2083 static bfd_reloc_status_type
   2084 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
   2085 			 arelent *reloc_entry,
   2086 			 asymbol *symbol,
   2087 			 void *data,
   2088 			 asection *input_section,
   2089 			 bfd *output_bfd,
   2090 			 char **error_message)
   2091 {
   2092   /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
   2093      call the generic function.  Any adjustment will be done at final
   2094      link time.  */
   2095   if (output_bfd != NULL)
   2096     return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
   2097 				  input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
   2098 
   2099   if (error_message != NULL)
   2100     {
   2101       static char buf[60];
   2102       sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
   2103 	       reloc_entry->howto->name);
   2104       *error_message = buf;
   2105     }
   2106   return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
   2107 }
   2108 
   2109 /* Sections created by the linker.  */
   2111 
   2112 typedef struct elf_linker_section
   2113 {
   2114   /* Pointer to the bfd section.  */
   2115   asection *section;
   2116   /* Section name.  */
   2117   const char *name;
   2118   /* Associated bss section name.  */
   2119   const char *bss_name;
   2120   /* Associated symbol name.  */
   2121   const char *sym_name;
   2122   /* Associated symbol.  */
   2123   struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
   2124 } elf_linker_section_t;
   2125 
   2126 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries.  This hangs off of the
   2127    symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
   2128    based on different addend's.  */
   2129 
   2130 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
   2131 {
   2132   /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
   2133   struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
   2134   /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
   2135   bfd_vma offset;
   2136   /* addend used */
   2137   bfd_vma addend;
   2138   /* which linker section this is */
   2139   elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
   2140 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
   2141 
   2142 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
   2143 {
   2144   struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
   2145 
   2146   /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
   2147      sections added.  This is index by the symbol index.  */
   2148   elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
   2149 
   2150   /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type.  */
   2151   unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
   2152   unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
   2153 };
   2154 
   2155 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
   2156   ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
   2157 
   2158 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
   2159   (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
   2160 
   2161 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
   2162   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
   2163    && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
   2164 
   2165 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras.  */
   2166 
   2167 static bfd_boolean
   2168 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
   2169 {
   2170   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
   2171 				  PPC32_ELF_DATA);
   2172 }
   2173 
   2174 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
   2175    default is 64 bit.  */
   2176 
   2177 static bfd_boolean
   2178 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   2179 {
   2180   if (abfd->arch_info->the_default && abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
   2181     {
   2182       Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
   2183 
   2184       if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
   2185 	{
   2186 	  /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default.  */
   2187 	  abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
   2188 	  BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
   2189 	}
   2190     }
   2191   return TRUE;
   2192 }
   2193 
   2194 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set.  */
   2195 
   2196 static bfd_boolean
   2197 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
   2198 {
   2199   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
   2200 	      || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
   2201 
   2202   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   2203   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   2204   return TRUE;
   2205 }
   2206 
   2207 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   2208 
   2209 static bfd_boolean
   2210 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   2211 {
   2212   int offset;
   2213   unsigned int size;
   2214 
   2215   switch (note->descsz)
   2216     {
   2217     default:
   2218       return FALSE;
   2219 
   2220     case 268:		/* Linux/PPC.  */
   2221       /* pr_cursig */
   2222       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   2223 
   2224       /* pr_pid */
   2225       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
   2226 
   2227       /* pr_reg */
   2228       offset = 72;
   2229       size = 192;
   2230 
   2231       break;
   2232     }
   2233 
   2234   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   2235   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   2236 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   2237 }
   2238 
   2239 static bfd_boolean
   2240 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   2241 {
   2242   switch (note->descsz)
   2243     {
   2244     default:
   2245       return FALSE;
   2246 
   2247     case 128:		/* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo.  */
   2248       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
   2249 	= bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
   2250       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   2251 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
   2252       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   2253 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
   2254     }
   2255 
   2256   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   2257      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   2258      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   2259 
   2260   {
   2261     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   2262     int n = strlen (command);
   2263 
   2264     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   2265       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   2266   }
   2267 
   2268   return TRUE;
   2269 }
   2270 
   2271 char *
   2272 elfcore_write_ppc_linux_prpsinfo32 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
   2273 				      const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
   2274 {
   2275   struct elf_external_ppc_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
   2276 
   2277   memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
   2278   PPC_LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
   2279 
   2280   return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
   2281 			     "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
   2282 }
   2283 
   2284 static char *
   2285 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
   2286 {
   2287   switch (note_type)
   2288     {
   2289     default:
   2290       return NULL;
   2291 
   2292     case NT_PRPSINFO:
   2293       {
   2294 	char data[128];
   2295 	va_list ap;
   2296 
   2297 	va_start (ap, note_type);
   2298 	memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
   2299 	strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
   2300 	strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
   2301 	va_end (ap);
   2302 	return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
   2303 				   "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
   2304       }
   2305 
   2306     case NT_PRSTATUS:
   2307       {
   2308 	char data[268];
   2309 	va_list ap;
   2310 	long pid;
   2311 	int cursig;
   2312 	const void *greg;
   2313 
   2314 	va_start (ap, note_type);
   2315 	memset (data, 0, 72);
   2316 	pid = va_arg (ap, long);
   2317 	bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
   2318 	cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
   2319 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
   2320 	greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
   2321 	memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
   2322 	memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
   2323 	va_end (ap);
   2324 	return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
   2325 				   "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
   2326       }
   2327     }
   2328 }
   2329 
   2330 static flagword
   2331 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
   2332 {
   2333 
   2334   if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
   2335     return SHF_PPC_VLE;
   2336 
   2337   return 0;
   2338 }
   2339 
   2340 /* Add the VLE flag if required.  */
   2341 
   2342 bfd_boolean
   2343 ppc_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr)
   2344 {
   2345   if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_ppc_vle
   2346       && (shdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
   2347     shdr->sh_flags |= SHF_PPC_VLE;
   2348 
   2349   return TRUE;
   2350 }
   2351 
   2352 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   2353    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   2354 
   2355 static bfd_vma
   2356 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2357 		     const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2358 		     const arelent *rel)
   2359 {
   2360   return rel->address;
   2361 }
   2362 
   2363 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file.  This
   2364    is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
   2365    type.  */
   2366 
   2367 static bfd_boolean
   2368 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
   2369 			   Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
   2370 			   const char *name,
   2371 			   int shindex)
   2372 {
   2373   asection *newsect;
   2374   flagword flags;
   2375 
   2376   if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
   2377     return FALSE;
   2378 
   2379   newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
   2380   flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, newsect);
   2381   if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
   2382     flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   2383 
   2384   if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
   2385     flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
   2386 
   2387   bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags);
   2388   return TRUE;
   2389 }
   2390 
   2391 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary.  */
   2392 
   2393 static bfd_boolean
   2394 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2395 		       Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
   2396 		       asection *asect)
   2397 {
   2398   if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
   2399     shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
   2400 
   2401   return TRUE;
   2402 }
   2403 
   2404 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
   2405    need to bump up the number of section headers.  */
   2406 
   2407 static int
   2408 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
   2409 				    struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2410 {
   2411   asection *s;
   2412   int ret = 0;
   2413 
   2414   s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
   2415   if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   2416     ++ret;
   2417 
   2418   s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
   2419   if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   2420     ++ret;
   2421 
   2422   return ret;
   2423 }
   2424 
   2425 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables.  */
   2426 
   2427 bfd_boolean
   2428 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
   2429 			    struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2430 {
   2431   struct elf_segment_map *m, *n;
   2432   bfd_size_type amt;
   2433   unsigned int j, k;
   2434   bfd_boolean sect0_vle, sectj_vle;
   2435 
   2436   /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
   2437      LMA and assigned to segments.  All that is left to do is to ensure
   2438      there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
   2439      If we find that case, we split the segment.
   2440      We maintain the original output section order.  */
   2441 
   2442   for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
   2443     {
   2444       if (m->count == 0)
   2445 	continue;
   2446 
   2447       sect0_vle = (elf_section_flags (m->sections[0]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0;
   2448       for (j = 1; j < m->count; ++j)
   2449 	{
   2450 	  sectj_vle = (elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0;
   2451 
   2452 	  if (sectj_vle != sect0_vle)
   2453 	    break;
   2454         }
   2455       if (j >= m->count)
   2456 	continue;
   2457 
   2458       /* sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
   2459 	 the remainder are put in a new segment.
   2460 	 The scan resumes with the new segment.  */
   2461 
   2462       /* Fix the new segment.  */
   2463       amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
   2464       amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
   2465       n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
   2466       if (n == NULL)
   2467         return FALSE;
   2468 
   2469       n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
   2470       n->p_flags = PF_X | PF_R;
   2471       if (sectj_vle)
   2472         n->p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
   2473       n->count = m->count - j;
   2474       for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
   2475         {
   2476           n->sections[k] = m->sections[j+k];
   2477           m->sections[j+k] = NULL;
   2478 	}
   2479       n->next = m->next;
   2480       m->next = n;
   2481 
   2482       /* Fix the current segment  */
   2483       m->count = j;
   2484     }
   2485 
   2486   return TRUE;
   2487 }
   2488 
   2489 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
   2490    .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
   2491    that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
   2492    2 sections.  */
   2493 
   2494 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
   2495 {
   2496   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"),             0, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
   2497   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"),           -2, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
   2498   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"),          -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
   2499   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"),          -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
   2500   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"),         -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
   2501   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"),            0, SHT_ORDERED,  SHF_ALLOC },
   2502   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.apuinfo"), 0, SHT_NOTE,     0 },
   2503   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"),   0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
   2504   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"),  0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
   2505   { NULL,                              0,  0, 0,            0 }
   2506 };
   2507 
   2508 /* This is what we want for new plt/got.  */
   2509 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
   2510   { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"),             0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
   2511 
   2512 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
   2513 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec)
   2514 {
   2515   const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
   2516 
   2517   /* See if this is one of the special sections.  */
   2518   if (sec->name == NULL)
   2519     return NULL;
   2520 
   2521   ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
   2522 					sec->use_rela_p);
   2523   if (ssect != NULL)
   2524     {
   2525       if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
   2526 	ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
   2527       return ssect;
   2528     }
   2529 
   2530   return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
   2531 }
   2532 
   2533 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values.  */
   2535 typedef struct apuinfo_list
   2536 {
   2537   struct apuinfo_list *next;
   2538   unsigned long value;
   2539 }
   2540 apuinfo_list;
   2541 
   2542 static apuinfo_list *head;
   2543 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
   2544 
   2545 static void
   2546 apuinfo_list_init (void)
   2547 {
   2548   head = NULL;
   2549   apuinfo_set = FALSE;
   2550 }
   2551 
   2552 static void
   2553 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
   2554 {
   2555   apuinfo_list *entry = head;
   2556 
   2557   while (entry != NULL)
   2558     {
   2559       if (entry->value == value)
   2560 	return;
   2561       entry = entry->next;
   2562     }
   2563 
   2564   entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
   2565   if (entry == NULL)
   2566     return;
   2567 
   2568   entry->value = value;
   2569   entry->next  = head;
   2570   head = entry;
   2571 }
   2572 
   2573 static unsigned
   2574 apuinfo_list_length (void)
   2575 {
   2576   apuinfo_list *entry;
   2577   unsigned long count;
   2578 
   2579   for (entry = head, count = 0;
   2580        entry;
   2581        entry = entry->next)
   2582     ++ count;
   2583 
   2584   return count;
   2585 }
   2586 
   2587 static inline unsigned long
   2588 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
   2589 {
   2590   apuinfo_list * entry;
   2591 
   2592   for (entry = head;
   2593        entry && number --;
   2594        entry = entry->next)
   2595     ;
   2596 
   2597   return entry ? entry->value : 0;
   2598 }
   2599 
   2600 static void
   2601 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
   2602 {
   2603   apuinfo_list *entry;
   2604 
   2605   for (entry = head; entry;)
   2606     {
   2607       apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
   2608       free (entry);
   2609       entry = next;
   2610     }
   2611 
   2612   head = NULL;
   2613 }
   2614 
   2615 #define APUINFO_SECTION_NAME	".PPC.EMB.apuinfo"
   2616 #define APUINFO_LABEL		"APUinfo"
   2617 
   2618 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
   2619    the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted.  */
   2620 
   2621 static void
   2622 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
   2623 {
   2624   bfd *ibfd;
   2625   asection *asec;
   2626   char *buffer = NULL;
   2627   bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
   2628   unsigned i;
   2629   unsigned long length;
   2630   const char *error_message = NULL;
   2631 
   2632   if (link_info == NULL)
   2633     return;
   2634 
   2635   apuinfo_list_init ();
   2636 
   2637   /* Read in the input sections contents.  */
   2638   for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
   2639     {
   2640       unsigned long datum;
   2641 
   2642       asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
   2643       if (asec == NULL)
   2644 	continue;
   2645 
   2646       error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %B");
   2647       length = asec->size;
   2648       if (length < 20)
   2649 	goto fail;
   2650 
   2651       apuinfo_set = TRUE;
   2652       if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
   2653 	{
   2654 	  if (buffer)
   2655 	    free (buffer);
   2656 	  largest_input_size = asec->size;
   2657 	  buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
   2658 	  if (!buffer)
   2659 	    return;
   2660 	}
   2661 
   2662       if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
   2663 	  || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
   2664 	{
   2665 	  error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %B");
   2666 	  goto fail;
   2667 	}
   2668 
   2669       /* Verify the contents of the header.  Note - we have to
   2670 	 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
   2671 	 host whose endian-ness is different from the target.  */
   2672       datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
   2673       if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
   2674 	goto fail;
   2675 
   2676       datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
   2677       if (datum != 0x2)
   2678 	goto fail;
   2679 
   2680       if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
   2681 	goto fail;
   2682 
   2683       /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries.  */
   2684       datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
   2685       if (datum + 20 != length)
   2686 	goto fail;
   2687 
   2688       /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers.  */
   2689       for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
   2690 	apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
   2691     }
   2692 
   2693   error_message = NULL;
   2694 
   2695   if (apuinfo_set)
   2696     {
   2697       /* Compute the size of the output section.  */
   2698       unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
   2699 
   2700       /* Set the output section size, if it exists.  */
   2701       asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
   2702 
   2703       if (asec && ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
   2704 	{
   2705 	  ibfd = abfd;
   2706 	  error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %B");
   2707 	}
   2708     }
   2709 
   2710  fail:
   2711   if (buffer)
   2712     free (buffer);
   2713 
   2714   if (error_message)
   2715     (*_bfd_error_handler) (error_message, ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
   2716 }
   2717 
   2718 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
   2719    contents.  We have already stored this in our linked list structure.  */
   2720 
   2721 static bfd_boolean
   2722 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2723 		       struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2724 		       asection *asec,
   2725 		       bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2726 {
   2727   return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
   2728 }
   2729 
   2730 /* Finally we can generate the output section.  */
   2731 
   2732 static void
   2733 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2734 {
   2735   bfd_byte *buffer;
   2736   asection *asec;
   2737   unsigned i;
   2738   unsigned num_entries;
   2739   bfd_size_type length;
   2740 
   2741   asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
   2742   if (asec == NULL)
   2743     return;
   2744 
   2745   if (!apuinfo_set)
   2746     return;
   2747 
   2748   length = asec->size;
   2749   if (length < 20)
   2750     return;
   2751 
   2752   buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
   2753   if (buffer == NULL)
   2754     {
   2755       (*_bfd_error_handler)
   2756 	(_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section."));
   2757       return;
   2758     }
   2759 
   2760   /* Create the apuinfo header.  */
   2761   num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
   2762   bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
   2763   bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
   2764   bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
   2765   strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
   2766 
   2767   length = 20;
   2768   for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
   2769     {
   2770       bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
   2771       length += 4;
   2772     }
   2773 
   2774   if (length != asec->size)
   2775     (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section."));
   2776 
   2777   if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
   2778     (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("failed to install new APUinfo section."));
   2779 
   2780   free (buffer);
   2781 
   2782   apuinfo_list_finish ();
   2783 }
   2784 
   2785 static bfd_boolean
   2787 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
   2788 {
   2789   bfd_byte buf[GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE];
   2790 
   2791   if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE))
   2792     return FALSE;
   2793 
   2794   return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
   2795 	  && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
   2796 	  && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
   2797 	  && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
   2798 }
   2799 
   2800 static bfd_boolean
   2801 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
   2802 {
   2803   bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
   2804   return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2805 	  && section->vma <= vma
   2806 	  && vma < section->vma + section->size);
   2807 }
   2808 
   2809 static long
   2810 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
   2811 			      long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
   2812 			      asymbol **ret)
   2813 {
   2814   bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
   2815   asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
   2816   bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
   2817   bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
   2818   bfd_vma stub_vma;
   2819   asymbol *s;
   2820   arelent *p;
   2821   long count, i;
   2822   size_t size;
   2823   char *names;
   2824   bfd_byte buf[4];
   2825 
   2826   *ret = NULL;
   2827 
   2828   if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
   2829     return 0;
   2830 
   2831   if (dynsymcount <= 0)
   2832     return 0;
   2833 
   2834   relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
   2835   if (relplt == NULL)
   2836     return 0;
   2837 
   2838   plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
   2839   if (plt == NULL)
   2840     return 0;
   2841 
   2842   /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs.  */
   2843   if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
   2844     return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
   2845 					  dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
   2846 
   2847   /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
   2848      of .glink at got[1].  If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero.  */
   2849   dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
   2850   if (dynamic != NULL)
   2851     {
   2852       bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
   2853       size_t extdynsize;
   2854       void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
   2855 
   2856       if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
   2857 	return -1;
   2858 
   2859       extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
   2860       swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
   2861 
   2862       extdyn = dynbuf;
   2863       extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
   2864       for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
   2865 	{
   2866 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   2867 	  (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
   2868 
   2869 	  if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
   2870 	    break;
   2871 
   2872 	  if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
   2873 	    {
   2874 	      unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
   2875 	      asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
   2876 	      if (got != NULL
   2877 		  && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
   2878 					       g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
   2879 		glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
   2880 	      break;
   2881 	    }
   2882 	}
   2883       free (dynbuf);
   2884     }
   2885 
   2886   /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry.  */
   2887   if (glink_vma == 0)
   2888     {
   2889       if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
   2890 	glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
   2891     }
   2892 
   2893   if (glink_vma == 0)
   2894     return 0;
   2895 
   2896   /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
   2897      link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
   2898      glink stubs now reside.  */
   2899   glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
   2900   if (glink == NULL)
   2901     return 0;
   2902 
   2903   /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
   2904      from the first glink stub.  */
   2905   if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
   2906 				glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
   2907     {
   2908       unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
   2909 
   2910       /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ...  */
   2911       insn ^= B;
   2912       if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
   2913 	resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
   2914 
   2915       /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs.  */
   2916       else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
   2917 	for (i = 4;
   2918 	     bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
   2919 				       glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
   2920 	     i += 4)
   2921 	  if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
   2922 	    {
   2923 	      resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
   2924 	      break;
   2925 	    }
   2926     }
   2927 
   2928   count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2929   stub_vma = glink_vma - (bfd_vma) count * 16;
   2930   /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
   2931      multiple stubs for each plt entry.  If that is the case then
   2932      there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
   2933      of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.  */
   2934   if (!is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink,
   2935 			     glink_vma - GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE - glink->vma))
   2936     return 0;
   2937 
   2938   slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
   2939   if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
   2940     return -1;
   2941 
   2942   size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
   2943   p = relplt->relocation;
   2944   for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
   2945     {
   2946       size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
   2947       if (p->addend != 0)
   2948 	size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
   2949     }
   2950 
   2951   size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
   2952 
   2953   if (resolv_vma)
   2954     size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
   2955 
   2956   s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
   2957   if (s == NULL)
   2958     return -1;
   2959 
   2960   names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
   2961   p = relplt->relocation;
   2962   for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
   2963     {
   2964       size_t len;
   2965 
   2966       *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
   2967       /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set.  Since
   2968 	 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set.  */
   2969       if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
   2970 	s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
   2971       s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
   2972       s->section = glink;
   2973       s->value = stub_vma - glink->vma;
   2974       s->name = names;
   2975       s->udata.p = NULL;
   2976       len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
   2977       memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
   2978       names += len;
   2979       if (p->addend != 0)
   2980 	{
   2981 	  memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
   2982 	  names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
   2983 	  bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
   2984 	  names += strlen (names);
   2985 	}
   2986       memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
   2987       names += sizeof ("@plt");
   2988       ++s;
   2989       stub_vma += 16;
   2990     }
   2991 
   2992   /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table.  */
   2993   memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
   2994   s->the_bfd = abfd;
   2995   s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
   2996   s->section = glink;
   2997   s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
   2998   s->name = names;
   2999   memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
   3000   names += sizeof ("__glink");
   3001   s++;
   3002   count++;
   3003 
   3004   if (resolv_vma)
   3005     {
   3006       /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver.  */
   3007       memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
   3008       s->the_bfd = abfd;
   3009       s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
   3010       s->section = glink;
   3011       s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
   3012       s->name = names;
   3013       memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
   3014       names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
   3015       s++;
   3016       count++;
   3017     }
   3018 
   3019   return count;
   3020 }
   3021 
   3022 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
   3024    functions above are used generally.  They appear in this file more
   3025    or less in the order in which they are called.  eg.
   3026    ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
   3027    ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
   3028    called.  */
   3029 
   3030 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol.  We might need more
   3031    than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary.  */
   3032 struct plt_entry
   3033 {
   3034   struct plt_entry *next;
   3035 
   3036   /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
   3037      This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
   3038      GOT pointer reg.  It will always be at least 32768.  (Current
   3039      gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
   3040      sections together resulting in larger offsets).  */
   3041   bfd_vma addend;
   3042 
   3043   /* The .got2 section.  */
   3044   asection *sec;
   3045 
   3046   /* PLT refcount or offset.  */
   3047   union
   3048     {
   3049       bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   3050       bfd_vma offset;
   3051     } plt;
   3052 
   3053   /* .glink stub offset.  */
   3054   bfd_vma glink_offset;
   3055 };
   3056 
   3057 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this function
   3058    selects those that must be copied when linking a shared library,
   3059    even when the symbol is local.  */
   3060 
   3061 static int
   3062 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3063 		   enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
   3064 {
   3065   switch (r_type)
   3066     {
   3067     default:
   3068       return 1;
   3069 
   3070     case R_PPC_REL24:
   3071     case R_PPC_REL14:
   3072     case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
   3073     case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
   3074     case R_PPC_REL32:
   3075       return 0;
   3076 
   3077     case R_PPC_TPREL32:
   3078     case R_PPC_TPREL16:
   3079     case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
   3080     case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
   3081     case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
   3082       return !info->executable;
   3083     }
   3084 }
   3085 
   3086 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
   3087    copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
   3088    section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
   3089    shared lib.  */
   3090 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
   3091 
   3092 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols.  */
   3093 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
   3094 {
   3095   struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
   3096 
   3097   /* The input section of the reloc.  */
   3098   asection *sec;
   3099 
   3100   /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
   3101   unsigned int count : 31;
   3102 
   3103   /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   3104   unsigned int ifunc : 1;
   3105 };
   3106 
   3107 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry.  */
   3108 
   3109 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
   3110 {
   3111   struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
   3112 
   3113   /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
   3114      specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
   3115      from the beginning of the section.  */
   3116   elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
   3117 
   3118   /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
   3119   struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
   3120 
   3121   /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
   3122      TLS_GD .. TLS_TLS bits are or'd into the mask as the
   3123      corresponding relocs are encountered during check_relocs.
   3124      tls_optimize clears TLS_GD .. TLS_TPREL when optimizing to
   3125      indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not needed.  */
   3126 #define TLS_GD		 1	/* GD reloc. */
   3127 #define TLS_LD		 2	/* LD reloc. */
   3128 #define TLS_TPREL	 4	/* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
   3129 #define TLS_DTPREL	 8	/* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
   3130 #define TLS_TLS		16	/* Any TLS reloc.  */
   3131 #define TLS_TPRELGD	32	/* TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
   3132 #define PLT_IFUNC	64	/* STT_GNU_IFUNC.  */
   3133   char tls_mask;
   3134 
   3135   /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
   3136      symbol.  */
   3137   unsigned char has_sda_refs;
   3138 };
   3139 
   3140 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
   3141 
   3142 /* PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
   3143 
   3144 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
   3145 {
   3146   struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
   3147 
   3148   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
   3149   asection *got;
   3150   asection *relgot;
   3151   asection *glink;
   3152   asection *plt;
   3153   asection *relplt;
   3154   asection *iplt;
   3155   asection *reliplt;
   3156   asection *dynbss;
   3157   asection *relbss;
   3158   asection *dynsbss;
   3159   asection *relsbss;
   3160   elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
   3161   asection *sbss;
   3162   asection *glink_eh_frame;
   3163 
   3164   /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks.  */
   3165   asection *srelplt2;
   3166 
   3167   /* The .got.plt section (VxWorks only)*/
   3168   asection *sgotplt;
   3169 
   3170   /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr.  */
   3171   struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
   3172 
   3173   /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT.  */
   3174   bfd *old_bfd;
   3175 
   3176   /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling.  */
   3177   union {
   3178     bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   3179     bfd_vma offset;
   3180   } tlsld_got;
   3181 
   3182   /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink.  */
   3183   bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
   3184 
   3185   /* Size of reserved GOT entries.  */
   3186   unsigned int got_header_size;
   3187   /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap.  */
   3188   unsigned int got_gap;
   3189 
   3190   /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use.  */
   3191   enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
   3192 
   3193   /* Set if we should emit symbols for stubs.  */
   3194   unsigned int emit_stub_syms:1;
   3195 
   3196   /* Set if __tls_get_addr optimization should not be done.  */
   3197   unsigned int no_tls_get_addr_opt:1;
   3198 
   3199   /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
   3200   unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
   3201 
   3202   /* The size of PLT entries.  */
   3203   int plt_entry_size;
   3204   /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots.  */
   3205   int plt_slot_size;
   3206   /* The size of the first PLT entry.  */
   3207   int plt_initial_entry_size;
   3208 
   3209   /* Small local sym cache.  */
   3210   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
   3211 };
   3212 
   3213 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
   3214    are used for ppc32.  The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects.  */
   3215 
   3216 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations.  */
   3217 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
   3218 
   3219 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr.  */
   3220 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
   3221 
   3222 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
   3223 
   3224 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
   3225   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
   3226   == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
   3227 
   3228 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
   3229 
   3230 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
   3231 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
   3232 			   struct bfd_hash_table *table,
   3233 			   const char *string)
   3234 {
   3235   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
   3236      subclass.  */
   3237   if (entry == NULL)
   3238     {
   3239       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
   3240 				 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
   3241       if (entry == NULL)
   3242 	return entry;
   3243     }
   3244 
   3245   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
   3246   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
   3247   if (entry != NULL)
   3248     {
   3249       ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
   3250       ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   3251       ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
   3252       ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
   3253     }
   3254 
   3255   return entry;
   3256 }
   3257 
   3258 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
   3259 
   3260 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   3261 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   3262 {
   3263   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
   3264 
   3265   ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
   3266   if (ret == NULL)
   3267     return NULL;
   3268 
   3269   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
   3270 				      ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
   3271 				      sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
   3272 				      PPC32_ELF_DATA))
   3273     {
   3274       free (ret);
   3275       return NULL;
   3276     }
   3277 
   3278   ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
   3279   ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
   3280   ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
   3281   ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
   3282 
   3283   ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
   3284   ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
   3285   ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
   3286 
   3287   ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
   3288   ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
   3289   ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
   3290 
   3291   ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
   3292   ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
   3293   ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
   3294 
   3295   return &ret->elf.root;
   3296 }
   3297 
   3298 /* Create .got and the related sections.  */
   3299 
   3300 static bfd_boolean
   3301 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3302 {
   3303   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   3304   asection *s;
   3305   flagword flags;
   3306 
   3307   if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
   3308     return FALSE;
   3309 
   3310   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   3311   htab->got = s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".got");
   3312   if (s == NULL)
   3313     abort ();
   3314 
   3315   if (htab->is_vxworks)
   3316     {
   3317       htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".got.plt");
   3318       if (!htab->sgotplt)
   3319 	abort ();
   3320     }
   3321   else
   3322     {
   3323       /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it.  Mark it
   3324 	 executable.  */
   3325       flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   3326 	       | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   3327       if (!bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
   3328 	return FALSE;
   3329     }
   3330 
   3331   htab->relgot = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.got");
   3332   if (!htab->relgot)
   3333     abort ();
   3334 
   3335   return TRUE;
   3336 }
   3337 
   3338 static bfd_boolean
   3339 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3340 {
   3341   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   3342   asection *s;
   3343   flagword flags;
   3344 
   3345   flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   3346 	   | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   3347   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
   3348   htab->glink = s;
   3349   if (s == NULL
   3350       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
   3351     return FALSE;
   3352 
   3353   if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
   3354     {
   3355       flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   3356 	       | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   3357       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
   3358       htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
   3359       if (s == NULL
   3360 	  || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
   3361 	return FALSE;
   3362     }
   3363 
   3364   flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
   3365   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
   3366   htab->iplt = s;
   3367   if (s == NULL
   3368       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
   3369     return FALSE;
   3370 
   3371   flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   3372 	   | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   3373   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
   3374   htab->reliplt = s;
   3375   if (s == NULL
   3376       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
   3377     return FALSE;
   3378   return TRUE;
   3379 }
   3380 
   3381 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
   3382    to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
   3383    to create .dynbss and .rela.bss).  */
   3384 
   3385 static bfd_boolean
   3386 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3387 {
   3388   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   3389   asection *s;
   3390   flagword flags;
   3391 
   3392   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   3393 
   3394   if (htab->got == NULL
   3395       && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
   3396     return FALSE;
   3397 
   3398   if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
   3399     return FALSE;
   3400 
   3401   if (htab->glink == NULL
   3402       && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
   3403     return FALSE;
   3404 
   3405   htab->dynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
   3406   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
   3407 					  SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   3408   htab->dynsbss = s;
   3409   if (s == NULL)
   3410     return FALSE;
   3411 
   3412   if (! info->shared)
   3413     {
   3414       htab->relbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
   3415       flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   3416 	       | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   3417       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
   3418       htab->relsbss = s;
   3419       if (s == NULL
   3420 	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
   3421 	return FALSE;
   3422     }
   3423 
   3424   if (htab->is_vxworks
   3425       && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
   3426     return FALSE;
   3427 
   3428   htab->relplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
   3429   htab->plt = s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
   3430   if (s == NULL)
   3431     abort ();
   3432 
   3433   flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
   3434   if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
   3435     /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents.  */
   3436     flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
   3437   return bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags);
   3438 }
   3439 
   3440 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   3441 
   3442 static void
   3443 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3444 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   3445 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   3446 {
   3447   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   3448 
   3449   edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   3450   eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   3451 
   3452   edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
   3453   edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
   3454 
   3455   /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
   3456      of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
   3457      We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
   3458   if (!(ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   3459 	&& eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3460 	&& edir->elf.dynamic_adjusted))
   3461     edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
   3462 
   3463   edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
   3464   edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
   3465   edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
   3466   edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
   3467   edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
   3468 
   3469   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   3470     {
   3471       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   3472 	{
   3473 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   3474 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   3475 
   3476 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   3477 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   3478 	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   3479 	    {
   3480 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
   3481 
   3482 	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   3483 		if (q->sec == p->sec)
   3484 		  {
   3485 		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
   3486 		    q->count += p->count;
   3487 		    *pp = p->next;
   3488 		    break;
   3489 		  }
   3490 	      if (q == NULL)
   3491 		pp = &p->next;
   3492 	    }
   3493 	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
   3494 	}
   3495 
   3496       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
   3497       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   3498     }
   3499 
   3500   /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all.
   3501      You might think dyn_relocs need not be copied over;  After all,
   3502      both syms will be dynamic or both non-dynamic so we're just
   3503      moving reloc accounting around.  However, ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   3504      code in ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol needs to check for
   3505      dyn_relocs in read-only sections, and it does so on what is the
   3506      DIR sym here.  */
   3507   if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   3508     return;
   3509 
   3510   /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
   3511      the symbol which just became indirect.  */
   3512   edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
   3513   eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
   3514 
   3515   /* And plt entries.  */
   3516   if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
   3517     {
   3518       if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
   3519 	{
   3520 	  struct plt_entry **entp;
   3521 	  struct plt_entry *ent;
   3522 
   3523 	  for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
   3524 	    {
   3525 	      struct plt_entry *dent;
   3526 
   3527 	      for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
   3528 		if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
   3529 		  {
   3530 		    dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
   3531 		    *entp = ent->next;
   3532 		    break;
   3533 		  }
   3534 	      if (dent == NULL)
   3535 		entp = &ent->next;
   3536 	    }
   3537 	  *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
   3538 	}
   3539 
   3540       edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
   3541       eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
   3542     }
   3543 
   3544   if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
   3545     {
   3546       if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
   3547 	_bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
   3548 				edir->elf.dynstr_index);
   3549       edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
   3550       edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
   3551       eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
   3552       eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
   3553     }
   3554 }
   3555 
   3556 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
   3557    file.  We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss.  */
   3558 
   3559 static bfd_boolean
   3560 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
   3561 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3562 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
   3563 			 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3564 			 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3565 			 asection **secp,
   3566 			 bfd_vma *valp)
   3567 {
   3568   if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
   3569       && !info->relocatable
   3570       && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
   3571       && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
   3572     {
   3573       /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
   3574 	 put into .sbss.  */
   3575       struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   3576 
   3577       htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   3578       if (htab->sbss == NULL)
   3579 	{
   3580 	  flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
   3581 
   3582 	  if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
   3583 	    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   3584 
   3585 	  htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
   3586 							   ".sbss",
   3587 							   flags);
   3588 	  if (htab->sbss == NULL)
   3589 	    return FALSE;
   3590 	}
   3591 
   3592       *secp = htab->sbss;
   3593       *valp = sym->st_size;
   3594     }
   3595 
   3596   if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
   3597       && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   3598 	  || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE))
   3599     elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = TRUE;
   3600 
   3601   return TRUE;
   3602 }
   3603 
   3604 static bfd_boolean
   3606 create_sdata_sym (struct bfd_link_info *info, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
   3607 {
   3608   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   3609 
   3610   lsect->sym = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, lsect->sym_name,
   3611 				     TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
   3612   if (lsect->sym == NULL)
   3613     return FALSE;
   3614   if (lsect->sym->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
   3615     lsect->sym->non_elf = 0;
   3616   lsect->sym->ref_regular = 1;
   3617   _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, lsect->sym, TRUE);
   3618   return TRUE;
   3619 }
   3620 
   3621 /* Create a special linker section.  */
   3622 
   3623 static bfd_boolean
   3624 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
   3625 			       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3626 			       flagword flags,
   3627 			       elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
   3628 {
   3629   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   3630   asection *s;
   3631 
   3632   flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   3633 	    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   3634 
   3635   /* Record the first bfd that needs the special sections.  */
   3636   if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
   3637     htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   3638 
   3639   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
   3640 					  lsect->name,
   3641 					  flags);
   3642   if (s == NULL
   3643       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, s, 2))
   3644     return FALSE;
   3645   lsect->section = s;
   3646 
   3647   return create_sdata_sym (info, lsect);
   3648 }
   3649 
   3650 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type.  */
   3651 
   3652 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
   3653 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
   3654   (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
   3655    bfd_vma addend,
   3656    elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
   3657 {
   3658   for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
   3659     if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
   3660       return linker_pointers;
   3661 
   3662   return NULL;
   3663 }
   3664 
   3665 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section.  */
   3666 
   3667 static bfd_boolean
   3668 elf_create_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
   3669 				   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
   3670 				   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3671 				   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
   3672 {
   3673   elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
   3674   elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
   3675   unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3676   bfd_size_type amt;
   3677 
   3678   BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
   3679 
   3680   /* Is this a global symbol?  */
   3681   if (h != NULL)
   3682     {
   3683       struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   3684 
   3685       /* Has this symbol already been allocated?  If so, our work is done.  */
   3686       eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   3687       if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
   3688 					   rel->r_addend,
   3689 					   lsect))
   3690 	return TRUE;
   3691 
   3692       ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
   3693     }
   3694   else
   3695     {
   3696       BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
   3697 
   3698       /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol.  */
   3699       elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
   3700 
   3701       /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time.  */
   3702       if (!ptr)
   3703 	{
   3704 	  unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
   3705 
   3706 	  amt = num_symbols;
   3707 	  amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
   3708 	  ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
   3709 
   3710 	  if (!ptr)
   3711 	    return FALSE;
   3712 
   3713 	  elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
   3714 	}
   3715 
   3716       /* Has this symbol already been allocated?  If so, our work is done.  */
   3717       if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
   3718 					   rel->r_addend,
   3719 					   lsect))
   3720 	return TRUE;
   3721 
   3722       ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
   3723     }
   3724 
   3725   /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
   3726      a new pointer record from internal memory.  */
   3727   BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
   3728   amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
   3729   linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   3730 
   3731   if (!linker_section_ptr)
   3732     return FALSE;
   3733 
   3734   linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
   3735   linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
   3736   linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
   3737   *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
   3738 
   3739   linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
   3740   lsect->section->size += 4;
   3741 
   3742 #ifdef DEBUG
   3743   fprintf (stderr,
   3744 	   "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
   3745 	   lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
   3746 	   (long) lsect->section->size);
   3747 #endif
   3748 
   3749   return TRUE;
   3750 }
   3751 
   3752 static struct plt_entry **
   3753 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
   3754 		       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
   3755 		       unsigned long r_symndx,
   3756 		       int tls_type)
   3757 {
   3758   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   3759   struct plt_entry **local_plt;
   3760   char *local_got_tls_masks;
   3761 
   3762   if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3763     {
   3764       bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   3765 
   3766       size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
   3767 	       + sizeof (*local_plt)
   3768 	       + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
   3769       local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
   3770       if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3771 	return NULL;
   3772       elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   3773     }
   3774 
   3775   local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   3776   local_got_tls_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   3777   local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type;
   3778   if (tls_type != PLT_IFUNC)
   3779     local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   3780   return local_plt + r_symndx;
   3781 }
   3782 
   3783 static bfd_boolean
   3784 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
   3785 		 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
   3786 {
   3787   struct plt_entry *ent;
   3788 
   3789   if (addend < 32768)
   3790     sec = NULL;
   3791   for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
   3792     if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
   3793       break;
   3794   if (ent == NULL)
   3795     {
   3796       bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent);
   3797       ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   3798       if (ent == NULL)
   3799 	return FALSE;
   3800       ent->next = *plist;
   3801       ent->sec = sec;
   3802       ent->addend = addend;
   3803       ent->plt.refcount = 0;
   3804       *plist = ent;
   3805     }
   3806   ent->plt.refcount += 1;
   3807   return TRUE;
   3808 }
   3809 
   3810 static struct plt_entry *
   3811 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
   3812 {
   3813   struct plt_entry *ent;
   3814 
   3815   if (addend < 32768)
   3816     sec = NULL;
   3817   for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
   3818     if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
   3819       break;
   3820   return ent;
   3821 }
   3822 
   3823 static bfd_boolean
   3824 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
   3825 {
   3826   return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
   3827 	  || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
   3828 	  || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
   3829 	  || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
   3830 	  || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
   3831 	  || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
   3832 	  || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
   3833 	  || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
   3834 	  || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
   3835 	  || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN);
   3836 }
   3837 
   3838 static void
   3839 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
   3840 {
   3841   (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3842     (_("%B: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
   3843      abfd,
   3844      ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
   3845   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3846 }
   3847 
   3848 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   3849    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   3850    table.  */
   3851 
   3852 static bfd_boolean
   3853 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   3854 		      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3855 		      asection *sec,
   3856 		      const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   3857 {
   3858   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   3859   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3860   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3861   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3862   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   3863   asection *got2, *sreloc;
   3864   struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
   3865 
   3866   if (info->relocatable)
   3867     return TRUE;
   3868 
   3869   /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
   3870      In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
   3871      and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
   3872      or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
   3873      relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
   3874      libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate.  */
   3875   if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3876     return TRUE;
   3877 
   3878 #ifdef DEBUG
   3879   _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %A in %B",
   3880 		      sec, abfd);
   3881 #endif
   3882 
   3883   BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
   3884 
   3885   /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
   3886   if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
   3887     ppc_elf_howto_init ();
   3888 
   3889   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   3890   if (htab->glink == NULL)
   3891     {
   3892       if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
   3893 	htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   3894       if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   3895 	return FALSE;
   3896     }
   3897   tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
   3898 			      FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
   3899   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   3900   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   3901   got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
   3902   sreloc = NULL;
   3903 
   3904   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   3905   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   3906     {
   3907       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3908       enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
   3909       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3910       int tls_type;
   3911 
   3912       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3913       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3914 	h = NULL;
   3915       else
   3916 	{
   3917 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   3918 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3919 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3920 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3921 
   3922 	  /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
   3923 	     object.  */
   3924 	  h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
   3925 	}
   3926 
   3927       /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
   3928 	 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
   3929 	 startup code.  */
   3930       if (h != NULL
   3931 	  && htab->got == NULL
   3932 	  && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3933 	{
   3934 	  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
   3935 	    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   3936 	  if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   3937 	    return FALSE;
   3938 	  BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
   3939 	}
   3940 
   3941       tls_type = 0;
   3942       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3943       if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
   3944 	{
   3945 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   3946 							  abfd, r_symndx);
   3947 	  if (isym == NULL)
   3948 	    return FALSE;
   3949 
   3950 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3951 	    {
   3952 	      struct plt_entry **ifunc;
   3953 
   3954 	      /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet.  */
   3955 	      ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
   3956 					     PLT_IFUNC);
   3957 	      if (ifunc == NULL)
   3958 		return FALSE;
   3959 
   3960 	      /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
   3961 		 In a non-pie executable even when there are
   3962 		 no plt calls.  */
   3963 	      if (!info->shared
   3964 		  || is_branch_reloc (r_type))
   3965 		{
   3966 		  bfd_vma addend = 0;
   3967 		  if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
   3968 		    {
   3969 		      ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
   3970 		      if (info->shared)
   3971 			addend = rel->r_addend;
   3972 		    }
   3973 		  if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
   3974 		    return FALSE;
   3975 		}
   3976 	    }
   3977 	}
   3978 
   3979       if (!htab->is_vxworks
   3980 	  && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
   3981 	  && h != NULL
   3982 	  && h == tga)
   3983 	{
   3984 	  if (rel != relocs
   3985 	      && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
   3986 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
   3987 	    /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
   3988 	       reloc.  */
   3989 	    ;
   3990 	  else
   3991 	    /* Mark this section as having an old-style call.  */
   3992 	    sec->has_tls_get_addr_call = 1;
   3993 	}
   3994 
   3995       switch (r_type)
   3996 	{
   3997 	case R_PPC_TLSGD:
   3998 	case R_PPC_TLSLD:
   3999 	  /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
   4000 	     its parameter symbol.  */
   4001 	  break;
   4002 
   4003 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
   4004 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
   4005 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
   4006 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
   4007 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
   4008 	  goto dogottls;
   4009 
   4010 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
   4011 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
   4012 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
   4013 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
   4014 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
   4015 	  goto dogottls;
   4016 
   4017 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
   4018 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
   4019 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
   4020 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
   4021 	  if (!info->executable)
   4022 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   4023 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
   4024 	  goto dogottls;
   4025 
   4026 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
   4027 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
   4028 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
   4029 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
   4030 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
   4031 	dogottls:
   4032 	  sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
   4033 	  /* Fall thru */
   4034 
   4035 	  /* GOT16 relocations */
   4036 	case R_PPC_GOT16:
   4037 	case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
   4038 	case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
   4039 	case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
   4040 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   4041 	  if (htab->got == NULL)
   4042 	    {
   4043 	      if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
   4044 		htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   4045 	      if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   4046 		return FALSE;
   4047 	    }
   4048 	  if (h != NULL)
   4049 	    {
   4050 	      h->got.refcount += 1;
   4051 	      ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
   4052 	    }
   4053 	  else
   4054 	    /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   4055 	    if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
   4056 	      return FALSE;
   4057 
   4058 	  /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
   4059 	     an ifunc.  */
   4060 	  if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
   4061 	    {
   4062 	      if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
   4063 		return FALSE;
   4064 	    }
   4065 	  break;
   4066 
   4067 	  /* Indirect .sdata relocation.  */
   4068 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
   4069 	  if (info->shared)
   4070 	    {
   4071 	      bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
   4072 	      return FALSE;
   4073 	    }
   4074 	  if (htab->sdata[0].section == NULL
   4075 	      && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
   4076 						 &htab->sdata[0]))
   4077 	    return FALSE;
   4078 	  if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
   4079 						  h, rel))
   4080 	    return FALSE;
   4081 	  if (h != NULL)
   4082 	    {
   4083 	      ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
   4084 	      h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
   4085 	    }
   4086 	  break;
   4087 
   4088 	  /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation.  */
   4089 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
   4090 	  if (info->shared)
   4091 	    {
   4092 	      bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
   4093 	      return FALSE;
   4094 	    }
   4095 	  if (htab->sdata[1].section == NULL
   4096 	      && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
   4097 						 &htab->sdata[1]))
   4098 	    return FALSE;
   4099 	  if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
   4100 						  h, rel))
   4101 	    return FALSE;
   4102 	  if (h != NULL)
   4103 	    {
   4104 	      ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
   4105 	      h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
   4106 	    }
   4107 	  break;
   4108 
   4109 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
   4110 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
   4111 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
   4112 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
   4113 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
   4114 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
   4115 	case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
   4116 	  if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL
   4117 	      && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0]))
   4118 	    return FALSE;
   4119 
   4120 	  if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL
   4121 	      && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1]))
   4122 	    return FALSE;
   4123 
   4124 	  if (h != NULL)
   4125 	    {
   4126 	      ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
   4127 	      h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
   4128 	    }
   4129 	  break;
   4130 
   4131 	case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
   4132 	case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
   4133 	case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
   4134 	case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
   4135 	case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
   4136 	case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
   4137 	case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
   4138 	case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
   4139 	case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
   4140 	  break;
   4141 
   4142 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
   4143 	  if (info->shared)
   4144 	    {
   4145 	      bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
   4146 	      return FALSE;
   4147 	    }
   4148 	  if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL
   4149 	      && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1]))
   4150 	    return FALSE;
   4151 	  if (h != NULL)
   4152 	    {
   4153 	      ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
   4154 	      h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
   4155 	    }
   4156 	  break;
   4157 
   4158 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
   4159 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
   4160 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
   4161 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
   4162 	  if (info->shared)
   4163 	    {
   4164 	      bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
   4165 	      return FALSE;
   4166 	    }
   4167 	  if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL
   4168 	      && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0]))
   4169 	    return FALSE;
   4170 	  if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL
   4171 	      && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1]))
   4172 	    return FALSE;
   4173 	  if (h != NULL)
   4174 	    {
   4175 	      ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
   4176 	      h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
   4177 	    }
   4178 	  break;
   4179 
   4180 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
   4181 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
   4182 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
   4183 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
   4184 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
   4185 	  if (info->shared)
   4186 	    {
   4187 	      bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
   4188 	      return FALSE;
   4189 	    }
   4190 	  if (h != NULL)
   4191 	    h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
   4192 	  break;
   4193 
   4194 	case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
   4195 	  if (h == NULL)
   4196 	    break;
   4197 	  /* Fall through */
   4198 	case R_PPC_PLT32:
   4199 	case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
   4200 	case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
   4201 	case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
   4202 	case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
   4203 #ifdef DEBUG
   4204 	  fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
   4205 #endif
   4206 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   4207 	     actually build the entry in finish_dynamic_symbol,
   4208 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code without
   4209 	     linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't
   4210 	     need to generate a procedure linkage table after all.  */
   4211 
   4212 	  if (h == NULL)
   4213 	    {
   4214 	      /* It does not make sense to have a procedure linkage
   4215 		 table entry for a local symbol.  */
   4216 	      info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %H: %s reloc against local symbol\n"),
   4217 				      abfd, sec, rel->r_offset,
   4218 				      ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
   4219 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4220 	      return FALSE;
   4221 	    }
   4222 	  else
   4223 	    {
   4224 	      bfd_vma addend = 0;
   4225 
   4226 	      if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
   4227 		{
   4228 		  ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
   4229 		  if (info->shared)
   4230 		    addend = rel->r_addend;
   4231 		}
   4232 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
   4233 	      if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, got2, addend))
   4234 		return FALSE;
   4235 	    }
   4236 	  break;
   4237 
   4238 	  /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
   4239 	     relocation if linking a shared object since they are
   4240 	     section relative.  */
   4241 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
   4242 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
   4243 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
   4244 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
   4245 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
   4246 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
   4247 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
   4248 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
   4249 	case R_PPC_TOC16:
   4250 	  break;
   4251 
   4252 	case R_PPC_REL16:
   4253 	case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
   4254 	case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
   4255 	case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
   4256 	  ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
   4257 	  break;
   4258 
   4259 	  /* These are just markers.  */
   4260 	case R_PPC_TLS:
   4261 	case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
   4262 	case R_PPC_NONE:
   4263 	case R_PPC_max:
   4264 	case R_PPC_RELAX:
   4265 	case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
   4266 	case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
   4267 	  break;
   4268 
   4269 	  /* These should only appear in dynamic objects.  */
   4270 	case R_PPC_COPY:
   4271 	case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
   4272 	case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
   4273 	case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
   4274 	case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
   4275 	  break;
   4276 
   4277 	  /* These aren't handled yet.  We'll report an error later.  */
   4278 	case R_PPC_ADDR30:
   4279 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
   4280 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
   4281 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
   4282 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
   4283 	case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
   4284 	  break;
   4285 
   4286 	  /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library.  */
   4287 	case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
   4288 	  if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
   4289 	    {
   4290 	      htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
   4291 	      htab->old_bfd = abfd;
   4292 	    }
   4293 	  break;
   4294 
   4295 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   4296 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   4297 	case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   4298 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   4299 	    return FALSE;
   4300 	  break;
   4301 
   4302 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   4303 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   4304 	case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   4305 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4306 	  if (h != NULL
   4307 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   4308 	    return FALSE;
   4309 	  break;
   4310 
   4311 	  /* We shouldn't really be seeing these.  */
   4312 	case R_PPC_TPREL32:
   4313 	case R_PPC_TPREL16:
   4314 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
   4315 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
   4316 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
   4317 	  if (!info->executable)
   4318 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   4319 	  goto dodyn;
   4320 
   4321 	  /* Nor these.  */
   4322 	case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
   4323 	case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
   4324 	  goto dodyn;
   4325 
   4326 	case R_PPC_REL32:
   4327 	  if (h == NULL
   4328 	      && got2 != NULL
   4329 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
   4330 	      && info->shared
   4331 	      && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
   4332 	    {
   4333 	      /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
   4334 		 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
   4335 		 reference to .got2.  If we detect one of these, then
   4336 		 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
   4337 		 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
   4338 		 PLT call stubs.  */
   4339 	      asection *s;
   4340 	      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4341 
   4342 	      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   4343 					    abfd, r_symndx);
   4344 	      if (isym == NULL)
   4345 		return FALSE;
   4346 
   4347 	      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4348 	      if (s == got2)
   4349 		{
   4350 		  htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
   4351 		  htab->old_bfd = abfd;
   4352 		}
   4353 	    }
   4354 	  if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
   4355 	    break;
   4356 	  /* fall through */
   4357 
   4358 	case R_PPC_ADDR32:
   4359 	case R_PPC_ADDR16:
   4360 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
   4361 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
   4362 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
   4363 	case R_PPC_UADDR32:
   4364 	case R_PPC_UADDR16:
   4365 	  if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
   4366 	    {
   4367 	      /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
   4368 		 a function defined in a dynamic object.  */
   4369 	      if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
   4370 		return FALSE;
   4371 
   4372 	      /* We may need a copy reloc too.  */
   4373 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   4374 	      h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
   4375 	    }
   4376 	  goto dodyn;
   4377 
   4378 	case R_PPC_REL24:
   4379 	case R_PPC_REL14:
   4380 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
   4381 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
   4382 	  if (h == NULL)
   4383 	    break;
   4384 	  if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
   4385 	    {
   4386 	      if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
   4387 		{
   4388 		  htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
   4389 		  htab->old_bfd = abfd;
   4390 		}
   4391 	      break;
   4392 	    }
   4393 	  /* fall through */
   4394 
   4395 	case R_PPC_ADDR24:
   4396 	case R_PPC_ADDR14:
   4397 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
   4398 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
   4399 	  if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
   4400 	    {
   4401 	      /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
   4402 		 a function defined in a dynamic object.  */
   4403 	      h->needs_plt = 1;
   4404 	      if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
   4405 		return FALSE;
   4406 	      break;
   4407 	    }
   4408 
   4409 	dodyn:
   4410 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   4411 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
   4412 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
   4413 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
   4414 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
   4415 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
   4416 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
   4417 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
   4418 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
   4419 	     later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
   4420 	     DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
   4421 	     a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
   4422 	     storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
   4423 	     table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
   4424 	     shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
   4425 	     symbol local.
   4426 
   4427 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   4428 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   4429 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   4430 	     symbol.  */
   4431 	  if ((info->shared
   4432 	       && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
   4433 		   || (h != NULL
   4434 		       && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   4435 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   4436 			   || !h->def_regular))))
   4437 	      || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   4438 		  && !info->shared
   4439 		  && h != NULL
   4440 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   4441 		      || !h->def_regular)))
   4442 	    {
   4443 #ifdef DEBUG
   4444 	      fprintf (stderr,
   4445 		       "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
   4446 		       "create relocation for %s\n",
   4447 		       (h && h->root.root.string
   4448 			? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
   4449 #endif
   4450 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4451 		{
   4452 		  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
   4453 		    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   4454 
   4455 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   4456 		    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   4457 
   4458 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   4459 		    return FALSE;
   4460 		}
   4461 
   4462 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   4463 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   4464 	      if (h != NULL)
   4465 		{
   4466 		  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   4467 		  struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
   4468 
   4469 		  rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs;
   4470 		  p = *rel_head;
   4471 		  if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   4472 		    {
   4473 		      p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
   4474 		      if (p == NULL)
   4475 			return FALSE;
   4476 		      p->next = *rel_head;
   4477 		      *rel_head = p;
   4478 		      p->sec = sec;
   4479 		      p->count = 0;
   4480 		      p->pc_count = 0;
   4481 		    }
   4482 		  p->count += 1;
   4483 		  if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
   4484 		    p->pc_count += 1;
   4485 		}
   4486 	      else
   4487 		{
   4488 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
   4489 		     We really need local syms available to do this
   4490 		     easily.  Oh well.  */
   4491 		  struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
   4492 		  struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
   4493 		  bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
   4494 		  asection *s;
   4495 		  void *vpp;
   4496 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4497 
   4498 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   4499 						abfd, r_symndx);
   4500 		  if (isym == NULL)
   4501 		    return FALSE;
   4502 
   4503 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4504 		  if (s == NULL)
   4505 		    s = sec;
   4506 
   4507 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   4508 		  rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   4509 		  is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
   4510 		  p = *rel_head;
   4511 		  if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
   4512 		    p = p->next;
   4513 		  if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
   4514 		    {
   4515 		      p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
   4516 		      if (p == NULL)
   4517 			return FALSE;
   4518 		      p->next = *rel_head;
   4519 		      *rel_head = p;
   4520 		      p->sec = sec;
   4521 		      p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
   4522 		      p->count = 0;
   4523 		    }
   4524 		  p->count += 1;
   4525 		}
   4526 	    }
   4527 
   4528 	  break;
   4529 	}
   4530     }
   4531 
   4532   return TRUE;
   4533 }
   4534 
   4535 
   4537 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD.  Raise an error if
   4538    there are conflicting attributes.  */
   4539 static bfd_boolean
   4540 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   4541 {
   4542   obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
   4543   obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
   4544 
   4545   if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
   4546     {
   4547       /* This is the first object.  Copy the attributes.  */
   4548       _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
   4549 
   4550       /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
   4551 	 initialized.  */
   4552       elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
   4553 
   4554       return TRUE;
   4555     }
   4556 
   4557   in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
   4558   out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
   4559 
   4560   /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes and merge
   4561      non-conflicting ones.  */
   4562   in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
   4563   out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
   4564   if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
   4565     {
   4566       out_attr->type = 1;
   4567       if (out_attr->i == 0)
   4568 	out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
   4569       else if (in_attr->i == 0)
   4570 	;
   4571       else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2)
   4572 	_bfd_error_handler
   4573 	  (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), obfd, ibfd);
   4574       else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 3)
   4575 	_bfd_error_handler
   4576 	  (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
   4577 	  obfd, ibfd);
   4578       else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 1)
   4579 	_bfd_error_handler
   4580 	  (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
   4581 	  ibfd, obfd);
   4582       else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 2)
   4583 	_bfd_error_handler
   4584 	  (_("Warning: %B uses soft float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
   4585 	  ibfd, obfd);
   4586       else if (out_attr->i == 2 && (in_attr->i == 1 || in_attr->i == 3))
   4587 	_bfd_error_handler
   4588 	  (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), ibfd, obfd);
   4589       else if (in_attr->i > 3)
   4590 	_bfd_error_handler
   4591 	  (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
   4592 	   in_attr->i);
   4593       else
   4594 	_bfd_error_handler
   4595 	  (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
   4596 	   out_attr->i);
   4597     }
   4598 
   4599   /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
   4600      merge non-conflicting ones.  */
   4601   in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
   4602   out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
   4603   if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
   4604     {
   4605       const char *in_abi = NULL, *out_abi = NULL;
   4606 
   4607       switch (in_attr->i)
   4608 	{
   4609 	case 1: in_abi = "generic"; break;
   4610 	case 2: in_abi = "AltiVec"; break;
   4611 	case 3: in_abi = "SPE"; break;
   4612 	}
   4613 
   4614       switch (out_attr->i)
   4615 	{
   4616 	case 1: out_abi = "generic"; break;
   4617 	case 2: out_abi = "AltiVec"; break;
   4618 	case 3: out_abi = "SPE"; break;
   4619 	}
   4620 
   4621       out_attr->type = 1;
   4622       if (out_attr->i == 0)
   4623 	out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
   4624       else if (in_attr->i == 0)
   4625 	;
   4626       /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
   4627 	 without a warning.  If GCC marked files with their stack
   4628 	 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
   4629 	 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
   4630 	 case too.  */
   4631       else if (out_attr->i == 1)
   4632 	out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
   4633       else if (in_attr->i == 1)
   4634 	;
   4635       else if (in_abi == NULL)
   4636 	_bfd_error_handler
   4637 	  (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), ibfd,
   4638 	   in_attr->i);
   4639       else if (out_abi == NULL)
   4640 	_bfd_error_handler
   4641 	  (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), obfd,
   4642 	   in_attr->i);
   4643       else
   4644 	_bfd_error_handler
   4645 	  (_("Warning: %B uses vector ABI \"%s\", %B uses \"%s\""),
   4646 	   ibfd, obfd, in_abi, out_abi);
   4647     }
   4648 
   4649   /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
   4650      and merge non-conflicting ones.  */
   4651   in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
   4652   out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
   4653   if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
   4654     {
   4655       out_attr->type = 1;
   4656       if (out_attr->i == 0)
   4657        out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
   4658       else if (in_attr->i == 0)
   4659        ;
   4660       else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2)
   4661        _bfd_error_handler
   4662          (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), obfd, ibfd);
   4663       else if (out_attr->i == 2 && in_attr->i == 1)
   4664        _bfd_error_handler
   4665          (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), ibfd, obfd);
   4666       else if (in_attr->i > 2)
   4667        _bfd_error_handler
   4668          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), ibfd,
   4669           in_attr->i);
   4670       else
   4671        _bfd_error_handler
   4672          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), obfd,
   4673           out_attr->i);
   4674     }
   4675 
   4676   /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.  */
   4677   _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
   4678 
   4679   return TRUE;
   4680 }
   4681 
   4682 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   4683    object file when linking.  */
   4684 
   4685 static bfd_boolean
   4686 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   4687 {
   4688   flagword old_flags;
   4689   flagword new_flags;
   4690   bfd_boolean error;
   4691 
   4692   if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
   4693     return TRUE;
   4694 
   4695   /* Check if we have the same endianness.  */
   4696   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
   4697     return FALSE;
   4698 
   4699   if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
   4700     return FALSE;
   4701 
   4702   new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   4703   old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   4704   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   4705     {
   4706       /* First call, no flags set.  */
   4707       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   4708       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
   4709     }
   4710 
   4711   /* Compatible flags are ok.  */
   4712   else if (new_flags == old_flags)
   4713     ;
   4714 
   4715   /* Incompatible flags.  */
   4716   else
   4717     {
   4718       /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch.  Allow -mrelocatable-lib
   4719 	 to be linked with either.  */
   4720       error = FALSE;
   4721       if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
   4722 	  && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
   4723 	{
   4724 	  error = TRUE;
   4725 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4726 	    (_("%B: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
   4727 	       "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
   4728 	}
   4729       else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
   4730 	       && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
   4731 	{
   4732 	  error = TRUE;
   4733 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4734 	    (_("%B: compiled normally and linked with "
   4735 	       "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
   4736 	}
   4737 
   4738       /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are.  */
   4739       if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
   4740 	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
   4741 
   4742       /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
   4743 	 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.  */
   4744       if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
   4745 	  && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
   4746 	  && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
   4747 	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
   4748 
   4749       /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
   4750 	 any module uses it.  */
   4751       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
   4752 
   4753       new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
   4754       old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
   4755 
   4756       /* Warn about any other mismatches.  */
   4757       if (new_flags != old_flags)
   4758 	{
   4759 	  error = TRUE;
   4760 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4761 	    (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields "
   4762 	       "than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
   4763 	     ibfd, (long) new_flags, (long) old_flags);
   4764 	}
   4765 
   4766       if (error)
   4767 	{
   4768 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4769 	  return FALSE;
   4770 	}
   4771     }
   4772 
   4773   return TRUE;
   4774 }
   4775 
   4776 static void
   4777 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *contents,
   4778                  bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma relocation,
   4779 		 split16_format_type split16_format)
   4780 
   4781 {
   4782   bfd_vma insn, top5, bottom11;
   4783 
   4784   insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + offset);
   4785   top5 = relocation >> 11;
   4786   top5 = top5 << (split16_format == split16a_type ? 20 : 16);
   4787   bottom11 = relocation & 0x7ff;
   4788   insn |= top5;
   4789   insn |= bottom11;
   4790   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset);
   4791 }
   4792 
   4793 
   4794 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
   4796    Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT.  */
   4797 int
   4798 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4799 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4800 			   enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_style,
   4801 			   int emit_stub_syms)
   4802 {
   4803   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4804   flagword flags;
   4805 
   4806   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4807 
   4808   htab->emit_stub_syms = emit_stub_syms;
   4809 
   4810   if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
   4811     {
   4812       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4813 
   4814       if (plt_style == PLT_OLD)
   4815 	htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
   4816       else if (info->shared
   4817 	       && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   4818 	       && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
   4819 					     FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL
   4820 	       && (h->type == STT_FUNC
   4821 		   || h->needs_plt)
   4822 	       && h->ref_regular
   4823 	       && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4824 		    || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   4825 			&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
   4826 	{
   4827 	  /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
   4828 	     secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
   4829 	     function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
   4830 	     r30 to be set up.  */
   4831 	  htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
   4832 	}
   4833       else
   4834 	{
   4835 	  bfd *ibfd;
   4836 	  enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = plt_style;
   4837 
   4838 	  /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
   4839 	     Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
   4840 	     without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
   4841 	     --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs.  */
   4842 	  if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
   4843 	    plt_type = PLT_OLD;
   4844 	  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
   4845 	    if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
   4846 	      {
   4847 		if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
   4848 		  plt_type = PLT_NEW;
   4849 		else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
   4850 		  {
   4851 		    plt_type = PLT_OLD;
   4852 		    htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
   4853 		    break;
   4854 		  }
   4855 	      }
   4856 	  htab->plt_type = plt_type;
   4857 	}
   4858     }
   4859   if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && plt_style == PLT_NEW)
   4860     {
   4861       if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
   4862 	info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: bss-plt forced due to %B\n"),
   4863 				htab->old_bfd);
   4864       else
   4865 	info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: bss-plt forced by profiling\n"));
   4866     }
   4867 
   4868   BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
   4869 
   4870   if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
   4871     {
   4872       flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   4873 	       | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   4874 
   4875       /* The new PLT is a loaded section.  */
   4876       if (htab->plt != NULL
   4877 	  && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->plt, flags))
   4878 	return -1;
   4879 
   4880       /* The new GOT is not executable.  */
   4881       if (htab->got != NULL
   4882 	  && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->got, flags))
   4883 	return -1;
   4884     }
   4885   else
   4886     {
   4887       /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment.  */
   4888       if (htab->glink != NULL
   4889 	  && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink, 0))
   4890 	return -1;
   4891     }
   4892   return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
   4893 }
   4894 
   4895 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   4897    relocation.  */
   4898 
   4899 static asection *
   4900 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   4901 		      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4902 		      Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   4903 		      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4904 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4905 {
   4906   if (h != NULL)
   4907     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   4908       {
   4909       case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   4910       case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   4911 	return NULL;
   4912       }
   4913 
   4914   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   4915 }
   4916 
   4917 /* Update the got, plt and dynamic reloc reference counts for the
   4918    section being removed.  */
   4919 
   4920 static bfd_boolean
   4921 ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   4922 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4923 		       asection *sec,
   4924 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   4925 {
   4926   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4927   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4928   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   4929   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   4930   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   4931   asection *got2;
   4932 
   4933   if (info->relocatable)
   4934     return TRUE;
   4935 
   4936   if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   4937     return TRUE;
   4938 
   4939   elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
   4940 
   4941   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4942   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   4943   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   4944   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   4945   got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
   4946 
   4947   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   4948   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   4949     {
   4950       unsigned long r_symndx;
   4951       enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
   4952       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   4953 
   4954       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   4955       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4956 	{
   4957 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp, *p;
   4958 	  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   4959 
   4960 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   4961 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   4962 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   4963 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   4964 	  eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   4965 
   4966 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
   4967 	    if (p->sec == sec)
   4968 	      {
   4969 		/* Everything must go for SEC.  */
   4970 		*pp = p->next;
   4971 		break;
   4972 	      }
   4973 	}
   4974 
   4975       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   4976       if (!htab->is_vxworks
   4977 	  && h == NULL
   4978 	  && local_got_refcounts != NULL
   4979 	  && (!info->shared
   4980 	      || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
   4981 	{
   4982 	  struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
   4983 	    (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   4984 	  char *local_got_tls_masks = (char *)
   4985 	    (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   4986 	  if ((local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] & PLT_IFUNC) != 0)
   4987 	    {
   4988 	      struct plt_entry **ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
   4989 	      bfd_vma addend = 0;
   4990 	      struct plt_entry *ent;
   4991 
   4992 	      if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
   4993 		addend = rel->r_addend;
   4994 	      ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
   4995 	      if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   4996 		ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
   4997 	      continue;
   4998 	    }
   4999 	}
   5000 
   5001       switch (r_type)
   5002 	{
   5003 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
   5004 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
   5005 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
   5006 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
   5007 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
   5008 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
   5009 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
   5010 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
   5011 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
   5012 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
   5013 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
   5014 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
   5015 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
   5016 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
   5017 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
   5018 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
   5019 	case R_PPC_GOT16:
   5020 	case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
   5021 	case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
   5022 	case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
   5023 	  if (h != NULL)
   5024 	    {
   5025 	      if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   5026 		h->got.refcount--;
   5027 	      if (!info->shared)
   5028 		{
   5029 		  struct plt_entry *ent;
   5030 
   5031 		  ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, NULL, 0);
   5032 		  if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   5033 		    ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
   5034 		}
   5035 	    }
   5036 	  else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
   5037 	    {
   5038 	      if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
   5039 		local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]--;
   5040 	    }
   5041 	  break;
   5042 
   5043 	case R_PPC_REL24:
   5044 	case R_PPC_REL14:
   5045 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
   5046 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
   5047 	case R_PPC_REL32:
   5048 	  if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
   5049 	    break;
   5050 	  /* Fall thru */
   5051 
   5052 	case R_PPC_ADDR32:
   5053 	case R_PPC_ADDR24:
   5054 	case R_PPC_ADDR16:
   5055 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
   5056 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
   5057 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
   5058 	case R_PPC_ADDR14:
   5059 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
   5060 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
   5061 	case R_PPC_UADDR32:
   5062 	case R_PPC_UADDR16:
   5063 	  if (info->shared)
   5064 	    break;
   5065 
   5066 	case R_PPC_PLT32:
   5067 	case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
   5068 	case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
   5069 	case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
   5070 	case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
   5071 	case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
   5072 	  if (h != NULL)
   5073 	    {
   5074 	      bfd_vma addend = 0;
   5075 	      struct plt_entry *ent;
   5076 
   5077 	      if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
   5078 		addend = rel->r_addend;
   5079 	      ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, addend);
   5080 	      if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   5081 		ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
   5082 	    }
   5083 	  break;
   5084 
   5085 	default:
   5086 	  break;
   5087 	}
   5088     }
   5089   return TRUE;
   5090 }
   5091 
   5092 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
   5094    generic ELF tls_setup function.  */
   5095 
   5096 asection *
   5097 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd,
   5098 		   struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5099 		   int no_tls_get_addr_opt)
   5100 {
   5101   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   5102 
   5103   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   5104   htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
   5105 					     FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
   5106   if (!no_tls_get_addr_opt)
   5107     {
   5108       struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
   5109       opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
   5110 				  FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
   5111       if (opt != NULL
   5112 	  && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   5113 	      || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   5114 	{
   5115 	  /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
   5116 	     signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
   5117 	     be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
   5118 	     make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt.  */
   5119 	  tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
   5120 	  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   5121 	      && tga != NULL
   5122 	      && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
   5123 		  || tga->needs_plt)
   5124 	      && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
   5125 		   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (tga->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   5126 		       && tga->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
   5127 	    {
   5128 	      struct plt_entry *ent;
   5129 	      for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
   5130 		if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   5131 		  break;
   5132 	      if (ent != NULL)
   5133 		{
   5134 		  tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
   5135 		  tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
   5136 		  ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
   5137 		  if (opt->dynindx != -1)
   5138 		    {
   5139 		      /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations.  */
   5140 		      opt->dynindx = -1;
   5141 		      _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
   5142 					      opt->dynstr_index);
   5143 		      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
   5144 			return FALSE;
   5145 		    }
   5146 		  htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
   5147 		}
   5148 	    }
   5149 	}
   5150       else
   5151 	no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
   5152     }
   5153   htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt = no_tls_get_addr_opt;
   5154   if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
   5155       && htab->plt != NULL
   5156       && htab->plt->output_section != NULL)
   5157     {
   5158       elf_section_type (htab->plt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
   5159       elf_section_flags (htab->plt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
   5160     }
   5161 
   5162   return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
   5163 }
   5164 
   5165 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
   5166    HASH.  */
   5167 
   5168 static bfd_boolean
   5169 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
   5170 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   5171 			 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
   5172 {
   5173   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   5174   enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5175   unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5176 
   5177   if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
   5178     {
   5179       struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
   5180       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   5181 
   5182       h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   5183       while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5184 	     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   5185 	h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   5186       if (h == hash)
   5187 	return TRUE;
   5188     }
   5189   return FALSE;
   5190 }
   5191 
   5192 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
   5193    opportunities.  */
   5194 
   5195 bfd_boolean
   5196 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   5197 		      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5198 {
   5199   bfd *ibfd;
   5200   asection *sec;
   5201   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   5202   int pass;
   5203 
   5204   if (info->relocatable || !info->executable)
   5205     return TRUE;
   5206 
   5207   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   5208   if (htab == NULL)
   5209     return FALSE;
   5210 
   5211   /* Make two passes through the relocs.  First time check that tls
   5212      relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
   5213      followed by such a call.  If they are not, don't do any tls
   5214      optimization.  On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
   5215      notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
   5216      adjust got and plt refcounts.  */
   5217   for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
   5218     for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
   5219       {
   5220 	Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = NULL;
   5221 	Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   5222 	asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
   5223 
   5224 	for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
   5225 	  if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
   5226 	    {
   5227 	      Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
   5228 	      int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
   5229 
   5230 	      /* Read the relocations.  */
   5231 	      relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
   5232 						    info->keep_memory);
   5233 	      if (relstart == NULL)
   5234 		return FALSE;
   5235 
   5236 	      relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
   5237 	      for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
   5238 		{
   5239 		  enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
   5240 		  unsigned long r_symndx;
   5241 		  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   5242 		  char *tls_mask;
   5243 		  char tls_set, tls_clear;
   5244 		  bfd_boolean is_local;
   5245 		  bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
   5246 
   5247 		  r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5248 		  if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   5249 		    {
   5250 		      struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   5251 
   5252 		      sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
   5253 		      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   5254 		      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5255 			     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   5256 			h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   5257 		    }
   5258 
   5259 		  is_local = FALSE;
   5260 		  if (h == NULL
   5261 		      || !h->def_dynamic)
   5262 		    is_local = TRUE;
   5263 
   5264 		  r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5265 		  /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
   5266 		     without marker relocs, then check that each
   5267 		     __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
   5268 		     that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
   5269 		     setup insn.  If we don't find matching arg setup
   5270 		     relocs, don't do any tls optimization.  */
   5271 		  if (pass == 0
   5272 		      && sec->has_tls_get_addr_call
   5273 		      && h != NULL
   5274 		      && h == htab->tls_get_addr
   5275 		      && !expecting_tls_get_addr
   5276 		      && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
   5277 		    {
   5278 		      info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
   5279 					      "TLS optimization disabled\n",
   5280 					      ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
   5281 		      if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
   5282 			free (relstart);
   5283 		      return TRUE;
   5284 		    }
   5285 
   5286 		  expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
   5287 		  switch (r_type)
   5288 		    {
   5289 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
   5290 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
   5291 		      expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
   5292 		      /* Fall thru */
   5293 
   5294 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
   5295 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
   5296 		      /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
   5297 			 defined in a shared lib.  Leave them alone if
   5298 			 that turns out to be the case.  */
   5299 		      if (!is_local)
   5300 			continue;
   5301 
   5302 		      /* LD -> LE */
   5303 		      tls_set = 0;
   5304 		      tls_clear = TLS_LD;
   5305 		      break;
   5306 
   5307 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
   5308 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
   5309 		      expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
   5310 		      /* Fall thru */
   5311 
   5312 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
   5313 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
   5314 		      if (is_local)
   5315 			/* GD -> LE */
   5316 			tls_set = 0;
   5317 		      else
   5318 			/* GD -> IE */
   5319 			tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPRELGD;
   5320 		      tls_clear = TLS_GD;
   5321 		      break;
   5322 
   5323 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
   5324 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
   5325 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
   5326 		    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
   5327 		      if (is_local)
   5328 			{
   5329 			  /* IE -> LE */
   5330 			  tls_set = 0;
   5331 			  tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
   5332 			  break;
   5333 			}
   5334 		      else
   5335 			continue;
   5336 
   5337 		    case R_PPC_TLSGD:
   5338 		    case R_PPC_TLSLD:
   5339 		      expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
   5340 		      tls_set = 0;
   5341 		      tls_clear = 0;
   5342 		      break;
   5343 
   5344 		    default:
   5345 		      continue;
   5346 		    }
   5347 
   5348 		  if (pass == 0)
   5349 		    {
   5350 		      if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
   5351 			  || (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1
   5352 			      && !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call))
   5353 			continue;
   5354 
   5355 		      if (rel + 1 < relend
   5356 			  && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
   5357 						      htab->tls_get_addr))
   5358 			continue;
   5359 
   5360 		      /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call.  We
   5361 			 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
   5362 			 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
   5363 			 the entire optimization.  */
   5364 		      info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
   5365 						"TLS optimization disabled\n"),
   5366 					      ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
   5367 		      if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
   5368 			free (relstart);
   5369 		      return TRUE;
   5370 		    }
   5371 
   5372 		  if (expecting_tls_get_addr)
   5373 		    {
   5374 		      struct plt_entry *ent;
   5375 		      bfd_vma addend = 0;
   5376 
   5377 		      if (info->shared
   5378 			  && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
   5379 			addend = rel[1].r_addend;
   5380 		      ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
   5381 					  got2, addend);
   5382 		      if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   5383 			ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
   5384 
   5385 		      if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2)
   5386 			continue;
   5387 		    }
   5388 
   5389 		  if (h != NULL)
   5390 		    {
   5391 		      tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
   5392 		      got_count = &h->got.refcount;
   5393 		    }
   5394 		  else
   5395 		    {
   5396 		      bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
   5397 		      struct plt_entry **local_plt;
   5398 		      char *lgot_masks;
   5399 
   5400 		      if (locsyms == NULL)
   5401 			{
   5402 			  locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   5403 			  if (locsyms == NULL)
   5404 			    locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
   5405 							    symtab_hdr->sh_info,
   5406 							    0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
   5407 			  if (locsyms == NULL)
   5408 			    {
   5409 			      if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
   5410 				free (relstart);
   5411 			      return FALSE;
   5412 			    }
   5413 			}
   5414 		      lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   5415 		      if (lgot_refs == NULL)
   5416 			abort ();
   5417 		      local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
   5418 			(lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   5419 		      lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   5420 		      tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
   5421 		      got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
   5422 		    }
   5423 
   5424 		  if (tls_set == 0)
   5425 		    {
   5426 		      /* We managed to get rid of a got entry.  */
   5427 		      if (*got_count > 0)
   5428 			*got_count -= 1;
   5429 		    }
   5430 
   5431 		  *tls_mask |= tls_set;
   5432 		  *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
   5433 		}
   5434 
   5435 	      if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
   5436 		free (relstart);
   5437 	    }
   5438 
   5439 	if (locsyms != NULL
   5440 	    && (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) locsyms))
   5441 	  {
   5442 	    if (!info->keep_memory)
   5443 	      free (locsyms);
   5444 	    else
   5445 	      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) locsyms;
   5446 	  }
   5447       }
   5448   return TRUE;
   5449 }
   5450 
   5451 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
   5453 
   5454 static bfd_boolean
   5455 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   5456 {
   5457   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5458 
   5459   for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   5460     {
   5461       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
   5462 
   5463       if (s != NULL
   5464 	  && ((s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
   5465 	      == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)))
   5466 	return TRUE;
   5467     }
   5468   return FALSE;
   5469 }
   5470 
   5471 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   5472    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   5473    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   5474    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   5475    understand.  */
   5476 
   5477 static bfd_boolean
   5478 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5479 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   5480 {
   5481   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   5482   asection *s;
   5483 
   5484 #ifdef DEBUG
   5485   fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
   5486 	   h->root.root.string);
   5487 #endif
   5488 
   5489   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   5490   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   5491   BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
   5492 	      && (h->needs_plt
   5493 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5494 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   5495 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   5496 		      && h->ref_regular
   5497 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   5498 
   5499   /* Deal with function syms.  */
   5500   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   5501       || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5502       || h->needs_plt)
   5503     {
   5504       /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
   5505 	 won't need a .plt entry.  */
   5506       struct plt_entry *ent;
   5507       for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
   5508 	if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   5509 	  break;
   5510       if (ent == NULL
   5511 	  || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5512 	      && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   5513 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   5514 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   5515 	{
   5516 	  /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
   5517 
   5518 	     1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
   5519 	     can't be set up, so we can't use one.  In this case,
   5520 	     ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
   5521 
   5522 	     2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
   5523 
   5524 	     3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
   5525 	     will go to this object, or will remain undefined.  */
   5526 	  h->plt.plist = NULL;
   5527 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   5528 	}
   5529       else
   5530 	{
   5531 	  /* After adjust_dynamic_symbol, non_got_ref set in the
   5532 	     non-shared case means that we have allocated space in
   5533 	     .dynbss for the symbol and thus dyn_relocs for this
   5534 	     symbol should be discarded.
   5535 	     If we get here we know we are making a PLT entry for this
   5536 	     symbol, and in an executable we'd normally resolve
   5537 	     relocations against this symbol to the PLT entry.  Allow
   5538 	     dynamic relocs if the reference is weak, and the dynamic
   5539 	     relocs will not cause text relocation.  */
   5540 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak
   5541 	      && h->non_got_ref
   5542 	      && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5543 	      && !htab->is_vxworks
   5544 	      && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
   5545 	      && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
   5546 	    h->non_got_ref = 0;
   5547 	}
   5548       return TRUE;
   5549     }
   5550   else
   5551     h->plt.plist = NULL;
   5552 
   5553   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   5554      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   5555      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   5556   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   5557     {
   5558       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   5559 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   5560       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   5561       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   5562       if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
   5563 	h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
   5564       return TRUE;
   5565     }
   5566 
   5567   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   5568      is not a function.  */
   5569 
   5570   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   5571      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   5572      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   5573      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   5574   if (info->shared)
   5575     return TRUE;
   5576 
   5577   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   5578      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   5579   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   5580     return TRUE;
   5581 
   5582    /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   5583       we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
   5584       We can't do this if there are any small data relocations.  This
   5585       doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
   5586       relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
   5587       executable.  */
   5588   if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   5589       && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
   5590       && !htab->is_vxworks
   5591       && !h->def_regular
   5592       && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
   5593     {
   5594       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   5595       return TRUE;
   5596     }
   5597 
   5598   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   5599      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   5600      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   5601      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   5602      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   5603      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   5604      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   5605      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   5606      same memory location for the variable.
   5607 
   5608      Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
   5609      must instead allocate it in .sbss.  */
   5610 
   5611   if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
   5612     s = htab->dynsbss;
   5613   else
   5614     s = htab->dynbss;
   5615   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   5616 
   5617   /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   5618      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   5619      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   5620      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   5621   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   5622     {
   5623       asection *srel;
   5624 
   5625       if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
   5626 	srel = htab->relsbss;
   5627       else
   5628 	srel = htab->relbss;
   5629       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   5630       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5631       h->needs_copy = 1;
   5632     }
   5633 
   5634   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
   5635 }
   5636 
   5637 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs.  For non-PIC code the sym is
   5639    xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
   5640    specifying the addend on the plt relocation.  For -fpic code, the sym
   5641    is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
   5642    xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>.  */
   5643 
   5644 static bfd_boolean
   5645 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
   5646 	      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5647 	      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5648 {
   5649   struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
   5650   size_t len1, len2, len3;
   5651   char *name;
   5652   const char *stub;
   5653   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   5654 
   5655   if (info->shared)
   5656     stub = ".plt_pic32.";
   5657   else
   5658     stub = ".plt_call32.";
   5659 
   5660   len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
   5661   len2 = strlen (stub);
   5662   len3 = 0;
   5663   if (ent->sec)
   5664     len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
   5665   name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
   5666   if (name == NULL)
   5667     return FALSE;
   5668   sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
   5669   if (ent->sec)
   5670     memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
   5671   memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
   5672   memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
   5673   sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
   5674   if (sh == NULL)
   5675     return FALSE;
   5676   if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
   5677     {
   5678       sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   5679       sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
   5680       sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
   5681       sh->ref_regular = 1;
   5682       sh->def_regular = 1;
   5683       sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
   5684       sh->forced_local = 1;
   5685       sh->non_elf = 0;
   5686     }
   5687   return TRUE;
   5688 }
   5689 
   5690 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
   5691    Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k.  */
   5692 
   5693 static bfd_vma
   5694 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
   5695 {
   5696   bfd_vma where;
   5697   unsigned int max_before_header;
   5698 
   5699   if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
   5700     {
   5701       where = htab->got->size;
   5702       htab->got->size += need;
   5703     }
   5704   else
   5705     {
   5706       max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
   5707       if (need <= htab->got_gap)
   5708 	{
   5709 	  where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
   5710 	  htab->got_gap -= need;
   5711 	}
   5712       else
   5713 	{
   5714 	  if (htab->got->size + need > max_before_header
   5715 	      && htab->got->size <= max_before_header)
   5716 	    {
   5717 	      htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->got->size;
   5718 	      htab->got->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
   5719 	    }
   5720 	  where = htab->got->size;
   5721 	  htab->got->size += need;
   5722 	}
   5723     }
   5724   return where;
   5725 }
   5726 
   5727 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs.  */
   5728 
   5729 static bfd_boolean
   5730 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   5731 {
   5732   struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
   5733   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   5734   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   5735   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5736 
   5737   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   5738     return TRUE;
   5739 
   5740   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   5741   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   5742       || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   5743     {
   5744       struct plt_entry *ent;
   5745       bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
   5746       bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0;
   5747       bfd_boolean dyn;
   5748 
   5749       for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
   5750 	if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   5751 	  {
   5752 	    /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   5753 	    if (h->dynindx == -1
   5754 		&& !h->forced_local
   5755 		&& !h->def_regular
   5756 		&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   5757 	      {
   5758 		if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   5759 		  return FALSE;
   5760 	      }
   5761 
   5762 	    dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
   5763 	    if (info->shared
   5764 		|| h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5765 		|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))
   5766 	      {
   5767 		asection *s = htab->plt;
   5768 		if (!dyn || h->dynindx == -1)
   5769 		  s = htab->iplt;
   5770 
   5771 		if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn || h->dynindx == -1)
   5772 		  {
   5773 		    if (!doneone)
   5774 		      {
   5775 			plt_offset = s->size;
   5776 			s->size += 4;
   5777 		      }
   5778 		    ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
   5779 
   5780 		    s = htab->glink;
   5781 		    if (!doneone || info->shared)
   5782 		      {
   5783 			glink_offset = s->size;
   5784 			s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5785 			if (h == htab->tls_get_addr
   5786 			    && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
   5787 			  s->size += TLS_GET_ADDR_GLINK_SIZE - GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
   5788 		      }
   5789 		    if (!doneone
   5790 			&& !info->shared
   5791 			&& h->def_dynamic
   5792 			&& !h->def_regular)
   5793 		      {
   5794 			h->root.u.def.section = s;
   5795 			h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
   5796 		      }
   5797 		    ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
   5798 
   5799 		    if (htab->emit_stub_syms
   5800 			&& !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
   5801 		      return FALSE;
   5802 		  }
   5803 		else
   5804 		  {
   5805 		    if (!doneone)
   5806 		      {
   5807 			/* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
   5808 			   for the special first entry.  */
   5809 			if (s->size == 0)
   5810 			  s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
   5811 
   5812 			/* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
   5813 			   parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
   5814 			   and a jump), and then there is a remaining
   5815 			   word available at the end.  */
   5816 			plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
   5817 				      + (htab->plt_slot_size
   5818 					 * ((s->size
   5819 					     - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
   5820 					    / htab->plt_entry_size)));
   5821 
   5822 			/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
   5823 			   file, and we are not generating a shared
   5824 			   library, then set the symbol to this location
   5825 			   in the .plt.  This is to avoid text
   5826 			   relocations, and is required to make
   5827 			   function pointers compare as equal between
   5828 			   the normal executable and the shared library.  */
   5829 			if (! info->shared
   5830 			    && h->def_dynamic
   5831 			    && !h->def_regular)
   5832 			  {
   5833 			    h->root.u.def.section = s;
   5834 			    h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
   5835 			  }
   5836 
   5837 			/* Make room for this entry.  */
   5838 			s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
   5839 			/* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
   5840 			   is allocated.  */
   5841 			if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
   5842 			    && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
   5843 				/ htab->plt_entry_size
   5844 			       > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
   5845 			  s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
   5846 		      }
   5847 		    ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
   5848 		  }
   5849 
   5850 		/* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   5851 		if (!doneone)
   5852 		  {
   5853 		    if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   5854 			|| h->dynindx == -1)
   5855 		      htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5856 		    else
   5857 		      {
   5858 			htab->relplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5859 
   5860 			if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
   5861 			  {
   5862 			    /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations.  */
   5863 			    if (!info->shared
   5864 				&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   5865 			      {
   5866 				if (ent->plt.offset
   5867 				    == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
   5868 				  {
   5869 				    htab->srelplt2->size
   5870 				      += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   5871 					  * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
   5872 				  }
   5873 
   5874 				htab->srelplt2->size
   5875 				  += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   5876 				      * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
   5877 			      }
   5878 
   5879 			    /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
   5880 			       .got.plt.  */
   5881 			    htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
   5882 			  }
   5883 		      }
   5884 		    doneone = TRUE;
   5885 		  }
   5886 	      }
   5887 	    else
   5888 	      ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   5889 	  }
   5890 	else
   5891 	  ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   5892 
   5893       if (!doneone)
   5894 	{
   5895 	  h->plt.plist = NULL;
   5896 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   5897 	}
   5898     }
   5899   else
   5900     {
   5901       h->plt.plist = NULL;
   5902       h->needs_plt = 0;
   5903     }
   5904 
   5905   eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   5906   if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0)
   5907     {
   5908       bfd_boolean dyn;
   5909       unsigned int need;
   5910 
   5911       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   5912       if (eh->elf.dynindx == -1
   5913 	  && !eh->elf.forced_local
   5914 	  && eh->elf.type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   5915 	  && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   5916 	{
   5917 	  if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &eh->elf))
   5918 	    return FALSE;
   5919 	}
   5920 
   5921       need = 0;
   5922       if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0)
   5923 	{
   5924 	  if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0)
   5925 	    {
   5926 	      if (!eh->elf.def_dynamic)
   5927 		/* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset.  This should
   5928 		   always be the case.  It's a little odd if we have
   5929 		   a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol.  */
   5930 		htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
   5931 	      else
   5932 		need += 8;
   5933 	    }
   5934 	  if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
   5935 	    need += 8;
   5936 	  if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
   5937 	    need += 4;
   5938 	  if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
   5939 	    need += 4;
   5940 	}
   5941       else
   5942 	need += 4;
   5943       if (need == 0)
   5944 	eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   5945       else
   5946 	{
   5947 	  eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
   5948 	  dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
   5949 	  if ((info->shared
   5950 	       || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, &eh->elf))
   5951 	      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) == STV_DEFAULT
   5952 		  || eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   5953 	    {
   5954 	      asection *rsec = htab->relgot;
   5955 
   5956 	      if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   5957 		rsec = htab->reliplt;
   5958 	      /* All the entries we allocated need relocs.
   5959 		 Except LD only needs one.  */
   5960 	      if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
   5961 		  && eh->elf.def_dynamic)
   5962 		need -= 4;
   5963 	      rsec->size += need * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4);
   5964 	    }
   5965 	}
   5966     }
   5967   else
   5968     eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   5969 
   5970   if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL
   5971       || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   5972     return TRUE;
   5973 
   5974   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
   5975      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
   5976      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
   5977      space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
   5978      changes.  */
   5979 
   5980   if (info->shared)
   5981     {
   5982       /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
   5983 	 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
   5984 	 generated via assembly.  We want calls to protected symbols to
   5985 	 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
   5986 	 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
   5987 	 then they should avoid writing weird assembly.  */
   5988       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   5989 	{
   5990 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   5991 
   5992 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   5993 	    {
   5994 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   5995 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   5996 	      if (p->count == 0)
   5997 		*pp = p->next;
   5998 	      else
   5999 		pp = &p->next;
   6000 	    }
   6001 	}
   6002 
   6003       if (htab->is_vxworks)
   6004 	{
   6005 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   6006 
   6007 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   6008 	    {
   6009 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
   6010 		*pp = p->next;
   6011 	      else
   6012 		pp = &p->next;
   6013 	    }
   6014 	}
   6015 
   6016       /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local.  */
   6017       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
   6018 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
   6019 	  && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN
   6020 	      || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL))
   6021 	eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   6022 
   6023       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   6024 	 visibility.  */
   6025       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
   6026 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   6027 	{
   6028 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   6029 	    eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   6030 
   6031 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   6032 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   6033 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
   6034 		   && !h->forced_local
   6035 		   && !h->def_regular)
   6036 	    {
   6037 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   6038 		return FALSE;
   6039 	    }
   6040 	}
   6041     }
   6042   else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
   6043     {
   6044       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   6045 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   6046 	 dynamic.  */
   6047 
   6048       if (!h->non_got_ref
   6049 	  && !h->def_regular)
   6050 	{
   6051 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   6052 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   6053 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   6054 	      && !h->forced_local)
   6055 	    {
   6056 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   6057 		return FALSE;
   6058 	    }
   6059 
   6060 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   6061 	     relocs.  */
   6062 	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
   6063 	    goto keep;
   6064 	}
   6065 
   6066       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   6067 
   6068     keep: ;
   6069     }
   6070 
   6071   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   6072   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   6073     {
   6074       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   6075       if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   6076 	sreloc = htab->reliplt;
   6077       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6078     }
   6079 
   6080   return TRUE;
   6081 }
   6082 
   6083 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
   6084    read-only sections.  */
   6085 
   6086 static bfd_boolean
   6087 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
   6088 {
   6089   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   6090     return TRUE;
   6091 
   6092   if (readonly_dynrelocs (h))
   6093     {
   6094       ((struct bfd_link_info *) info)->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   6095 
   6096       /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   6097       return FALSE;
   6098     }
   6099   return TRUE;
   6100 }
   6101 
   6102 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
   6103 {
   6104   0, 0, 0, 16,				/* length.  */
   6105   0, 0, 0, 0,				/* id.  */
   6106   1,					/* CIE version.  */
   6107   'z', 'R', 0,				/* Augmentation string.  */
   6108   4,					/* Code alignment.  */
   6109   0x7c,					/* Data alignment.  */
   6110   65,					/* RA reg.  */
   6111   1,					/* Augmentation size.  */
   6112   DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4,	/* FDE encoding.  */
   6113   DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0			/* def_cfa: r1 offset 0.  */
   6114 };
   6115 
   6116 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   6117 
   6118 static bfd_boolean
   6119 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6120 			       struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6121 {
   6122   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   6123   asection *s;
   6124   bfd_boolean relocs;
   6125   bfd *ibfd;
   6126 
   6127 #ifdef DEBUG
   6128   fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
   6129 #endif
   6130 
   6131   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   6132   BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
   6133 
   6134   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   6135     {
   6136       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   6137       if (info->executable)
   6138 	{
   6139 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
   6140 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6141 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   6142 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   6143 	}
   6144     }
   6145 
   6146   if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
   6147     htab->got_header_size = 16;
   6148   else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
   6149     htab->got_header_size = 12;
   6150 
   6151   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   6152      relocs.  */
   6153   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
   6154     {
   6155       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   6156       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   6157       struct plt_entry **local_plt;
   6158       struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
   6159       char *lgot_masks;
   6160       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   6161       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   6162 
   6163       if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
   6164 	continue;
   6165 
   6166       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   6167 	{
   6168 	  struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
   6169 
   6170 	  for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
   6171 		    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
   6172 	       p != NULL;
   6173 	       p = p->next)
   6174 	    {
   6175 	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   6176 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   6177 		{
   6178 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   6179 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   6180 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   6181 		     the relocs too.  */
   6182 		}
   6183 	      else if (htab->is_vxworks
   6184 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
   6185 				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
   6186 		{
   6187 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
   6188 		     handled specially by the loader.  */
   6189 		}
   6190 	      else if (p->count != 0)
   6191 		{
   6192 		  asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   6193 		  if (p->ifunc)
   6194 		    sreloc = htab->reliplt;
   6195 		  sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6196 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
   6197 		       & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
   6198 		      == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
   6199 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   6200 		}
   6201 	    }
   6202 	}
   6203 
   6204       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   6205       if (!local_got)
   6206 	continue;
   6207 
   6208       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   6209       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   6210       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   6211       local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
   6212       end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
   6213       lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
   6214 
   6215       for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
   6216 	if (*local_got > 0)
   6217 	  {
   6218 	    unsigned int need = 0;
   6219 	    if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0)
   6220 	      {
   6221 		if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0)
   6222 		  need += 8;
   6223 		if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_LD) != 0)
   6224 		  htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
   6225 		if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
   6226 		  need += 4;
   6227 		if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
   6228 		  need += 4;
   6229 	      }
   6230 	    else
   6231 	      need += 4;
   6232 	    if (need == 0)
   6233 	      *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   6234 	    else
   6235 	      {
   6236 		*local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
   6237 		if (info->shared)
   6238 		  {
   6239 		    asection *srel = htab->relgot;
   6240 		    if ((*lgot_masks & PLT_IFUNC) != 0)
   6241 		      srel = htab->reliplt;
   6242 		    srel->size += need * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4);
   6243 		  }
   6244 	      }
   6245 	  }
   6246 	else
   6247 	  *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   6248 
   6249       if (htab->is_vxworks)
   6250 	continue;
   6251 
   6252       /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt.  */
   6253       for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
   6254 	{
   6255 	  struct plt_entry *ent;
   6256 	  bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
   6257 	  bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0;
   6258 
   6259 	  for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
   6260 	    if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
   6261 	      {
   6262 		s = htab->iplt;
   6263 
   6264 		if (!doneone)
   6265 		  {
   6266 		    plt_offset = s->size;
   6267 		    s->size += 4;
   6268 		  }
   6269 		ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
   6270 
   6271 		s = htab->glink;
   6272 		if (!doneone || info->shared)
   6273 		  {
   6274 		    glink_offset = s->size;
   6275 		    s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
   6276 		  }
   6277 		ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
   6278 
   6279 		if (!doneone)
   6280 		  {
   6281 		    htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6282 		    doneone = TRUE;
   6283 		  }
   6284 	      }
   6285 	    else
   6286 	      ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   6287 	}
   6288     }
   6289 
   6290   /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs.  */
   6291   elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   6292 
   6293   if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
   6294     {
   6295       htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
   6296       if (info->shared)
   6297 	htab->relgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6298     }
   6299   else
   6300     htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   6301 
   6302   if (htab->got != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
   6303     {
   6304       unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
   6305 
   6306       /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now.  When we get here,
   6307 	 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
   6308 	 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated).  For new plt/got, the
   6309 	 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536.  */
   6310       if (htab->got->size <= 32768)
   6311 	{
   6312 	  g_o_t = htab->got->size;
   6313 	  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
   6314 	    g_o_t += 4;
   6315 	  htab->got->size += htab->got_header_size;
   6316 	}
   6317 
   6318       htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
   6319     }
   6320   if (info->shared)
   6321     {
   6322       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
   6323       if (sda != NULL
   6324 	  && !(sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6325 	       || sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   6326 	{
   6327 	  sda->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   6328 	  sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
   6329 	  sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
   6330 	}
   6331     }
   6332 
   6333   if (htab->glink != NULL
   6334       && htab->glink->size != 0
   6335       && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   6336     {
   6337       htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
   6338       /* Space for the branch table.  */
   6339       htab->glink->size += htab->glink->size / (GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE / 4) - 4;
   6340       /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve.  */
   6341       htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & 15;
   6342       htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
   6343 
   6344       if (htab->emit_stub_syms)
   6345 	{
   6346 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
   6347 	  sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
   6348 				     TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
   6349 	  if (sh == NULL)
   6350 	    return FALSE;
   6351 	  if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
   6352 	    {
   6353 	      sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   6354 	      sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
   6355 	      sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
   6356 	      sh->ref_regular = 1;
   6357 	      sh->def_regular = 1;
   6358 	      sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
   6359 	      sh->forced_local = 1;
   6360 	      sh->non_elf = 0;
   6361 	    }
   6362 	  sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
   6363 				     TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
   6364 	  if (sh == NULL)
   6365 	    return FALSE;
   6366 	  if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
   6367 	    {
   6368 	      sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   6369 	      sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
   6370 	      sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
   6371 	      sh->ref_regular = 1;
   6372 	      sh->def_regular = 1;
   6373 	      sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
   6374 	      sh->forced_local = 1;
   6375 	      sh->non_elf = 0;
   6376 	    }
   6377 	}
   6378     }
   6379 
   6380   if (htab->glink != NULL
   6381       && htab->glink->size != 0
   6382       && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
   6383       && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
   6384       && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
   6385     {
   6386       s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
   6387       s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
   6388       if (info->shared)
   6389 	{
   6390 	  s->size += 4;
   6391 	  if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
   6392 	    s->size += 4;
   6393 	}
   6394     }
   6395 
   6396   /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
   6397      Allocate memory for them.  */
   6398   relocs = FALSE;
   6399   for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   6400     {
   6401       bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
   6402 
   6403       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   6404 	continue;
   6405 
   6406       if (s == htab->plt
   6407 	  || s == htab->got)
   6408 	{
   6409 	  /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
   6410 	     we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
   6411 	     It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols.  */
   6412 	  if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
   6413 	    strip_section = FALSE;
   6414 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   6415 	     comment below.  */
   6416 	}
   6417       else if (s == htab->iplt
   6418 	       || s == htab->glink
   6419 	       || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
   6420 	       || s == htab->sgotplt
   6421 	       || s == htab->sbss
   6422 	       || s == htab->dynbss
   6423 	       || s == htab->dynsbss
   6424 	       || s == htab->sdata[0].section
   6425 	       || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
   6426 	{
   6427 	  /* Strip these too.  */
   6428 	}
   6429       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (htab->elf.dynobj, s),
   6430 			     ".rela"))
   6431 	{
   6432 	  if (s->size != 0)
   6433 	    {
   6434 	      /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections.  */
   6435 	      relocs = TRUE;
   6436 
   6437 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   6438 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   6439 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   6440 	    }
   6441 	}
   6442       else
   6443 	{
   6444 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   6445 	  continue;
   6446 	}
   6447 
   6448       if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
   6449 	{
   6450 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   6451 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   6452 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   6453 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   6454 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   6455 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   6456 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   6457 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   6458 	     into these sections.  */
   6459 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   6460 	  continue;
   6461 	}
   6462 
   6463       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   6464 	continue;
   6465 
   6466       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   6467       s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
   6468       if (s->contents == NULL)
   6469 	return FALSE;
   6470     }
   6471 
   6472   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   6473     {
   6474       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   6475 	 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   6476 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   6477 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   6478 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   6479 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   6480   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   6481 
   6482       if (info->executable)
   6483 	{
   6484 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   6485 	    return FALSE;
   6486 	}
   6487 
   6488       if (htab->plt != NULL && htab->plt->size != 0)
   6489 	{
   6490 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   6491 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   6492 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   6493 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   6494 	    return FALSE;
   6495 	}
   6496 
   6497       if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
   6498 	{
   6499 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
   6500 	    return FALSE;
   6501 	  if (!htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt
   6502 	      && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
   6503 	      && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
   6504 	      && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
   6505 	    return FALSE;
   6506 	}
   6507 
   6508       if (relocs)
   6509 	{
   6510 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   6511 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   6512 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   6513 	    return FALSE;
   6514 	}
   6515 
   6516       /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
   6517 	 need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   6518       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   6519 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
   6520 				info);
   6521 
   6522       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   6523 	{
   6524 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   6525 	    return FALSE;
   6526 	}
   6527       if (htab->is_vxworks
   6528 	  && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
   6529 	return FALSE;
   6530    }
   6531 #undef add_dynamic_entry
   6532 
   6533   if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
   6534       && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
   6535     {
   6536       unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
   6537       bfd_vma val;
   6538 
   6539       memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
   6540       /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian).  */
   6541       bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
   6542       p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
   6543       /* FDE length.  */
   6544       val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
   6545       bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
   6546       p += 4;
   6547       /* CIE pointer.  */
   6548       val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
   6549       bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
   6550       p += 4;
   6551       /* Offset to .glink.  Set later.  */
   6552       p += 4;
   6553       /* .glink size.  */
   6554       bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
   6555       p += 4;
   6556       /* Augmentation.  */
   6557       p += 1;
   6558 
   6559       if (info->shared
   6560 	  && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   6561 	{
   6562 	  bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
   6563 	  if (adv < 64)
   6564 	    *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
   6565 	  else if (adv < 256)
   6566 	    {
   6567 	      *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
   6568 	      *p++ = adv;
   6569 	    }
   6570 	  else if (adv < 65536)
   6571 	    {
   6572 	      *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
   6573 	      bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
   6574 	      p += 2;
   6575 	    }
   6576 	  else
   6577 	    {
   6578 	      *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
   6579 	      bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
   6580 	      p += 4;
   6581 	    }
   6582 	  *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
   6583 	  *p++ = 65;
   6584 	  p++;
   6585 	  *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
   6586 	  *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
   6587 	  *p++ = 65;
   6588 	}
   6589       BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
   6590 		  == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
   6591     }
   6592 
   6593   return TRUE;
   6594 }
   6595 
   6596 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  */
   6597 
   6598 static bfd_boolean
   6599 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   6600 {
   6601   if (h->plt.plist != NULL
   6602       && !h->def_regular
   6603       && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
   6604 	  || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
   6605     return FALSE;
   6606 
   6607   return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
   6608 }
   6609 
   6610 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
   6612 
   6613 /* Relaxation trampolines.  r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
   6614    used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI).  */
   6615 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
   6616   {
   6617     0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
   6618     0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
   6619     0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
   6620     0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
   6621     0x398c0008, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
   6622     0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
   6623     0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
   6624     0x4e800420, /* bctr */
   6625   };
   6626 
   6627 static const int stub_entry[] =
   6628   {
   6629     0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
   6630     0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
   6631     0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
   6632     0x4e800420, /* bctr */
   6633   };
   6634 
   6635 static bfd_boolean
   6636 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
   6637 		       asection *isec,
   6638 		       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   6639 		       bfd_boolean *again)
   6640 {
   6641   struct one_fixup
   6642   {
   6643     struct one_fixup *next;
   6644     asection *tsec;
   6645     /* Final link, can use the symbol offset.  For a
   6646        relocatable link we use the symbol's index.  */
   6647     bfd_vma toff;
   6648     bfd_vma trampoff;
   6649   };
   6650 
   6651   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   6652   bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
   6653   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   6654   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   6655   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   6656   struct one_fixup *fixups = NULL;
   6657   unsigned changes = 0;
   6658   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   6659   bfd_size_type trampoff;
   6660   asection *got2;
   6661   bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
   6662 
   6663   *again = FALSE;
   6664 
   6665   /* Nothing to do if there are no relocations, and no need to do
   6666      anything with non-alloc or non-code sections.  */
   6667   if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   6668       || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
   6669       || (isec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   6670       || isec->reloc_count == 0)
   6671     return TRUE;
   6672 
   6673   /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
   6674      do anything.  The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
   6675      anyway.  */
   6676   if (link_info->relocatable && link_info->shared)
   6677      return TRUE;
   6678 
   6679   trampoff = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4;
   6680   maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
   6681 		  || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
   6682   /* Space for a branch around any trampolines.  */
   6683   if (maybe_pasted)
   6684     trampoff += 4;
   6685 
   6686   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   6687 
   6688   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   6689   internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
   6690 					       link_info->keep_memory);
   6691   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   6692     goto error_return;
   6693 
   6694   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
   6695   got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
   6696 
   6697   irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
   6698   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   6699     {
   6700       unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
   6701       bfd_vma toff, roff;
   6702       asection *tsec;
   6703       struct one_fixup *f;
   6704       size_t insn_offset = 0;
   6705       bfd_vma max_branch_offset, val;
   6706       bfd_byte *hit_addr;
   6707       unsigned long t0;
   6708       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   6709       struct plt_entry **plist;
   6710       unsigned char sym_type;
   6711 
   6712       switch (r_type)
   6713 	{
   6714 	case R_PPC_REL24:
   6715 	case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
   6716 	case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
   6717 	  max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
   6718 	  break;
   6719 
   6720 	case R_PPC_REL14:
   6721 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
   6722 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
   6723 	  max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
   6724 	  break;
   6725 
   6726 	default:
   6727 	  continue;
   6728 	}
   6729 
   6730       /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
   6731       h = NULL;
   6732       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   6733 	{
   6734 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   6735 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   6736 
   6737 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols.  */
   6738 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   6739 	    {
   6740 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   6741 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   6742 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   6743 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   6744 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   6745 	      if (isymbuf == 0)
   6746 		goto error_return;
   6747 	    }
   6748 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   6749 	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
   6750 	    tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
   6751 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
   6752 	    tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   6753 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
   6754 	    tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
   6755 	  else
   6756 	    tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   6757 
   6758 	  toff = isym->st_value;
   6759 	  sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
   6760 	}
   6761       else
   6762 	{
   6763 	  /* Global symbol handling.  */
   6764 	  unsigned long indx;
   6765 
   6766 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   6767 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   6768 
   6769 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   6770 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   6771 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   6772 
   6773 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6774 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   6775 	    {
   6776 	      tsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   6777 	      toff = h->root.u.def.value;
   6778 	    }
   6779 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
   6780 		   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   6781 	    {
   6782 	      tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
   6783 	      toff = link_info->relocatable ? indx : 0;
   6784 	    }
   6785 	  else
   6786 	    continue;
   6787 
   6788 	  sym_type = h->type;
   6789 	}
   6790 
   6791       /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
   6792 	 match that in relocate_section.  If we call find_plt_ent here
   6793 	 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
   6794 	 destination used here may be incorrect.  */
   6795       plist = NULL;
   6796       if (h != NULL)
   6797 	{
   6798 	  /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true.  */
   6799 	  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   6800 	      || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
   6801 	    plist = &h->plt.plist;
   6802 	}
   6803       else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   6804 	       && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
   6805 	{
   6806 	  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
   6807 	  struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
   6808 	    (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   6809 	  plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   6810 	}
   6811       if (plist != NULL)
   6812 	{
   6813 	  bfd_vma addend = 0;
   6814 	  struct plt_entry *ent;
   6815 
   6816 	  if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && link_info->shared)
   6817 	    addend = irel->r_addend;
   6818 	  ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
   6819 	  if (ent != NULL)
   6820 	    {
   6821 	      if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
   6822 		  || h == NULL
   6823 		  || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   6824 		  || h->dynindx == -1)
   6825 		{
   6826 		  tsec = htab->glink;
   6827 		  toff = ent->glink_offset;
   6828 		}
   6829 	      else
   6830 		{
   6831 		  tsec = htab->plt;
   6832 		  toff = ent->plt.offset;
   6833 		}
   6834 	    }
   6835 	}
   6836 
   6837       /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
   6838 	 no hope of adding stubs.  We'll error out later should the
   6839 	 branch overflow.  */
   6840       if (tsec == isec)
   6841 	continue;
   6842 
   6843       /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
   6844 	 SEC_MERGE sections;  SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
   6845 	 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
   6846 	 branches.  However, implement it correctly here as a
   6847 	 reference for other target relax_section functions.  */
   6848       if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
   6849 	{
   6850 	  /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
   6851 	     adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
   6852 	     passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset.  (Later, in
   6853 	     relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
   6854 	     section symbols have been adjusted.)
   6855 
   6856 	     gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
   6857 	     sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
   6858 	     the original addend was zero.  When the reloc is against
   6859 	     a section symbol we should include the addend in the
   6860 	     offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
   6861 	     location of interest is the original symbol.  On the
   6862 	     other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
   6863 	     a section symbol should not include the addend;  Such an
   6864 	     access is presumed to be an offset from "sym";  The
   6865 	     location of interest is just "sym".  */
   6866 	  if (sym_type == STT_SECTION)
   6867 	    toff += irel->r_addend;
   6868 
   6869 	  toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
   6870 					     elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
   6871 					     toff);
   6872 
   6873 	  if (sym_type != STT_SECTION)
   6874 	    toff += irel->r_addend;
   6875 	}
   6876       /* PLTREL24 addends are special.  */
   6877       else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
   6878 	toff += irel->r_addend;
   6879 
   6880       /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses.  */
   6881       if (tsec->output_section == NULL)
   6882 	continue;
   6883 
   6884       roff = irel->r_offset;
   6885 
   6886       /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything.  */
   6887       if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
   6888 	  && (!link_info->relocatable
   6889 	      /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
   6890 		 final link, so do not presume they remain in range.  */
   6891 	      || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
   6892 	{
   6893 	  bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
   6894 
   6895 	  symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
   6896 	  reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
   6897 	  if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset < 2 * max_branch_offset)
   6898 	    continue;
   6899 	}
   6900 
   6901       /* Look for an existing fixup to this address.  */
   6902       for (f = fixups; f ; f = f->next)
   6903 	if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
   6904 	  break;
   6905 
   6906       if (f == NULL)
   6907 	{
   6908 	  size_t size;
   6909 	  unsigned long stub_rtype;
   6910 
   6911 	  val = trampoff - roff;
   6912 	  if (val >= max_branch_offset)
   6913 	    /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline.  Don't try to add
   6914 	       one.  We'll report an error later.  */
   6915 	    continue;
   6916 
   6917 	  if (link_info->shared)
   6918 	    {
   6919 	      size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
   6920 	      insn_offset = 12;
   6921 	    }
   6922 	  else
   6923 	    {
   6924 	      size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
   6925 	      insn_offset = 0;
   6926 	    }
   6927 	  stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
   6928 	  if (tsec == htab->plt
   6929 	      || tsec == htab->glink)
   6930 	    {
   6931 	      stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
   6932 	      if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
   6933 		stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
   6934 	    }
   6935 
   6936 	  /* Hijack the old relocation.  Since we need two
   6937 	     relocations for this use a "composite" reloc.  */
   6938 	  irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
   6939 				       stub_rtype);
   6940 	  irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
   6941 	  if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
   6942 	      && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
   6943 	    irel->r_addend = 0;
   6944 
   6945 	  /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section.  */
   6946 	  f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
   6947 	  f->next = fixups;
   6948 	  f->tsec = tsec;
   6949 	  f->toff = toff;
   6950 	  f->trampoff = trampoff;
   6951 	  fixups = f;
   6952 
   6953 	  trampoff += size;
   6954 	  changes++;
   6955 	}
   6956       else
   6957 	{
   6958 	  val = f->trampoff - roff;
   6959 	  if (val >= max_branch_offset)
   6960 	    continue;
   6961 
   6962 	  /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here.  */
   6963 	  irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
   6964 	}
   6965 
   6966       /* Get the section contents.  */
   6967       if (contents == NULL)
   6968 	{
   6969 	  /* Get cached copy if it exists.  */
   6970 	  if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   6971 	    contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
   6972 	  else
   6973 	    {
   6974 	      /* Go get them off disk.  */
   6975 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
   6976 		goto error_return;
   6977 	    }
   6978 	}
   6979 
   6980       /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline.  */
   6981       hit_addr = contents + roff;
   6982       switch (r_type)
   6983 	{
   6984 	case R_PPC_REL24:
   6985 	case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
   6986 	case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
   6987 	  t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
   6988 	  t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
   6989 	  t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
   6990 	  bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
   6991 	  break;
   6992 
   6993 	case R_PPC_REL14:
   6994 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
   6995 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
   6996 	  t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
   6997 	  t0 &= ~0xfffc;
   6998 	  t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
   6999 	  bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
   7000 	  break;
   7001 	}
   7002     }
   7003 
   7004   /* Write out the trampolines.  */
   7005   if (fixups != NULL)
   7006     {
   7007       const int *stub;
   7008       bfd_byte *dest;
   7009       int i, size;
   7010 
   7011       do
   7012 	{
   7013 	  struct one_fixup *f = fixups;
   7014 	  fixups = fixups->next;
   7015 	  free (f);
   7016 	}
   7017       while (fixups);
   7018 
   7019       contents = bfd_realloc_or_free (contents, trampoff);
   7020       if (contents == NULL)
   7021 	goto error_return;
   7022 
   7023       isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4;
   7024       dest = contents + isec->size;
   7025       /* Branch around the trampolines.  */
   7026       if (maybe_pasted)
   7027 	{
   7028 	  bfd_vma val = B + trampoff - isec->size;
   7029 	  bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, dest);
   7030 	  dest += 4;
   7031 	}
   7032       isec->size = trampoff;
   7033 
   7034       if (link_info->shared)
   7035 	{
   7036 	  stub = shared_stub_entry;
   7037 	  size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
   7038 	}
   7039       else
   7040 	{
   7041 	  stub = stub_entry;
   7042 	  size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
   7043 	}
   7044 
   7045       i = 0;
   7046       while (dest < contents + trampoff)
   7047 	{
   7048 	  bfd_put_32 (abfd, stub[i], dest);
   7049 	  i++;
   7050 	  if (i == size)
   7051 	    i = 0;
   7052 	  dest += 4;
   7053 	}
   7054       BFD_ASSERT (i == 0);
   7055     }
   7056 
   7057   if (isymbuf != NULL
   7058       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   7059     {
   7060       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
   7061 	free (isymbuf);
   7062       else
   7063 	{
   7064 	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
   7065 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
   7066 	}
   7067     }
   7068 
   7069   if (contents != NULL
   7070       && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
   7071     {
   7072       if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
   7073 	free (contents);
   7074       else
   7075 	{
   7076 	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
   7077 	  elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
   7078 	}
   7079     }
   7080 
   7081   if (changes != 0)
   7082     {
   7083       /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
   7084 	 information for the trampolines.  */
   7085       Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
   7086       Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
   7087 						  * sizeof (*new_relocs));
   7088       unsigned ix;
   7089 
   7090       if (!new_relocs)
   7091 	goto error_return;
   7092       memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
   7093 	      isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
   7094       for (ix = changes; ix--;)
   7095 	{
   7096 	  irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
   7097 
   7098 	  irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
   7099 	}
   7100       if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
   7101 	free (internal_relocs);
   7102       elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
   7103       isec->reloc_count += changes;
   7104       rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
   7105       rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
   7106     }
   7107   else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   7108     free (internal_relocs);
   7109 
   7110   *again = changes != 0;
   7111   if (!*again && link_info->relocatable)
   7112     {
   7113       /* Convert the internal relax relocs to external form.  */
   7114       for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   7115 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_PPC_RELAX)
   7116 	  {
   7117 	    unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   7118 
   7119 	    /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
   7120 	       relocs to describe this relocation.  */
   7121 	    BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
   7122 	    /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
   7123 	    irel[0].r_offset += 2;
   7124 	    memmove (irel + 1, irel, (irelend - irel - 1) * sizeof (*irel));
   7125 	    irel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
   7126 	    irel[1].r_offset += 4;
   7127 	    irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
   7128 	    irel++;
   7129 	  }
   7130     }
   7131 
   7132   return TRUE;
   7133 
   7134  error_return:
   7135   if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
   7136     free (isymbuf);
   7137   if (contents != NULL
   7138       && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
   7139     free (contents);
   7140   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   7141       && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   7142     free (internal_relocs);
   7143   return FALSE;
   7144 }
   7145 
   7146 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
   7148    discarded sections.  */
   7149 
   7150 static unsigned int
   7151 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
   7152 {
   7153   if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
   7154     return 0;
   7155 
   7156   if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
   7157     return 0;
   7158 
   7159   return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
   7160 }
   7161 
   7162 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section.  */
   7164 
   7165 static bfd_vma
   7166 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
   7167 				   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
   7168 				   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   7169 				   bfd_vma relocation,
   7170 				   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
   7171 {
   7172   elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
   7173 
   7174   BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
   7175 
   7176   if (h != NULL)
   7177     {
   7178       /* Handle global symbol.  */
   7179       struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   7180 
   7181       eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   7182       BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
   7183       linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
   7184     }
   7185   else
   7186     {
   7187       /* Handle local symbol.  */
   7188       unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   7189 
   7190       BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
   7191       BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
   7192       linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
   7193     }
   7194 
   7195   linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
   7196 							rel->r_addend,
   7197 							lsect);
   7198   BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
   7199 
   7200   /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
   7201      as a "written" flag.  */
   7202   if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
   7203     {
   7204       bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
   7205 		  relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
   7206 		  lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
   7207       linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
   7208     }
   7209 
   7210   relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
   7211 		+ lsect->section->output_offset
   7212 		+ linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
   7213 		- SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
   7214 
   7215 #ifdef DEBUG
   7216   fprintf (stderr,
   7217 	   "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
   7218 	   lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
   7219 #endif
   7220 
   7221   return relocation;
   7222 }
   7223 
   7224 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
   7225 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
   7226 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
   7227 
   7228 static void
   7229 write_glink_stub (struct plt_entry *ent, asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
   7230 		  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   7231 {
   7232   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   7233   bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
   7234   bfd_vma plt;
   7235 
   7236   plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
   7237 	 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
   7238 	 + plt_sec->output_offset);
   7239 
   7240   if (info->shared)
   7241     {
   7242       bfd_vma got = 0;
   7243 
   7244       if (ent->addend >= 32768)
   7245 	got = (ent->addend
   7246 	       + ent->sec->output_section->vma
   7247 	       + ent->sec->output_offset);
   7248       else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
   7249 	got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
   7250 
   7251       plt -= got;
   7252 
   7253       if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
   7254 	{
   7255 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
   7256 	  p += 4;
   7257 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
   7258 	  p += 4;
   7259 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
   7260 	  p += 4;
   7261 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
   7262 	  p += 4;
   7263 	}
   7264       else
   7265 	{
   7266 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
   7267 	  p += 4;
   7268 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
   7269 	  p += 4;
   7270 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
   7271 	  p += 4;
   7272 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
   7273 	  p += 4;
   7274 	}
   7275     }
   7276   else
   7277     {
   7278       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
   7279       p += 4;
   7280       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
   7281       p += 4;
   7282       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
   7283       p += 4;
   7284       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
   7285       p += 4;
   7286     }
   7287 }
   7288 
   7289 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically.  */
   7290 
   7291 static bfd_boolean
   7292 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   7293 {
   7294   return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   7295 	   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   7296 	  && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
   7297 	  && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
   7298 }
   7299 
   7300 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
   7301    the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0.  If
   7302    REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG.  */
   7303 
   7304 unsigned int
   7305 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
   7306 {
   7307   unsigned int rtra;
   7308 
   7309   if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
   7310     return 0;
   7311 
   7312   if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
   7313     rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
   7314   else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
   7315     rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
   7316   else
   7317     return 0;
   7318 
   7319   if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
   7320     /* add -> addi.  */
   7321     insn = 14 << 26;
   7322   else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
   7323 	   && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
   7324 	       || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
   7325 		   && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
   7326     /* load and store indexed -> dform.  */
   7327     insn = (32 | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
   7328   else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
   7329     /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu.  */
   7330     insn = ((58 | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
   7331   else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
   7332     /* lwax -> lwa.  */
   7333     insn = (58 << 26) | 2;
   7334   else
   7335     return 0;
   7336   insn |= rtra;
   7337   return insn;
   7338 }
   7339 
   7340 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
   7341    the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
   7342    thread pointer REG operand removed.  Otherwise return 0.  */
   7343 
   7344 unsigned int
   7345 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
   7346 {
   7347   if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
   7348       && ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
   7349 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
   7350 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
   7351 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
   7352 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
   7353 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
   7354 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
   7355 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
   7356 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
   7357 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
   7358 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
   7359 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
   7360 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
   7361 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
   7362 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
   7363 	  || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
   7364 	      && (insn & 3) != 1)
   7365 	  || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
   7366 	      && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
   7367     {
   7368       insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
   7369     }
   7370   else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
   7371 	   && ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
   7372 	       || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
   7373 	       || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
   7374     {
   7375       insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
   7376       insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
   7377       if ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
   7378 	insn -= 2 >> 26;  /* convert to ori,oris */
   7379     }
   7380   else
   7381     insn = 0;
   7382   return insn;
   7383 }
   7384 
   7385 static bfd_boolean
   7386 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
   7387 {
   7388   return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
   7389 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
   7390 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
   7391 	  || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
   7392 }
   7393 
   7394 static bfd_boolean
   7395 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
   7396 {
   7397   return (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26; /* lq */
   7398 }
   7399 
   7400 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
   7401    to handle the relocations for a section.
   7402 
   7403    The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
   7404    actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
   7405    zero.
   7406 
   7407    This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
   7408    necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
   7409    relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
   7410    necessary.
   7411 
   7412    This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
   7413    address or the reloc symbol index.
   7414 
   7415    LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
   7416 
   7417    LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
   7418    corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
   7419 
   7420    The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
   7421    via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
   7422 
   7423    When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
   7424    STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
   7425    going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
   7426    section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
   7427    accordingly.  */
   7428 
   7429 static bfd_boolean
   7430 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   7431 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   7432 			  bfd *input_bfd,
   7433 			  asection *input_section,
   7434 			  bfd_byte *contents,
   7435 			  Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   7436 			  Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   7437 			  asection **local_sections)
   7438 {
   7439   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   7440   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   7441   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   7442   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   7443   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   7444   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   7445   asection *got2;
   7446   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   7447   bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
   7448   bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (output_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
   7449   bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
   7450 
   7451 #ifdef DEBUG
   7452   _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %B section %A, "
   7453 		      "%ld relocations%s",
   7454 		      input_bfd, input_section,
   7455 		      (long) input_section->reloc_count,
   7456 		      (info->relocatable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
   7457 #endif
   7458 
   7459   got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
   7460 
   7461   /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
   7462   if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
   7463     ppc_elf_howto_init ();
   7464 
   7465   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   7466   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   7467   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   7468   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   7469   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
   7470      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
   7471   is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
   7472 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
   7473 				".tls_vars"));
   7474   rel = relocs;
   7475   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   7476   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   7477     {
   7478       enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
   7479       bfd_vma addend;
   7480       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   7481       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   7482       asection *sec;
   7483       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   7484       const char *sym_name;
   7485       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   7486       unsigned long r_symndx;
   7487       bfd_vma relocation;
   7488       bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
   7489       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   7490       bfd_boolean warned;
   7491       unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
   7492       struct plt_entry **ifunc;
   7493 
   7494       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   7495       sym = NULL;
   7496       sec = NULL;
   7497       h = NULL;
   7498       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   7499       warned = FALSE;
   7500       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   7501 
   7502       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   7503 	{
   7504 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   7505 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   7506 	  sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
   7507 
   7508 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   7509 	}
   7510       else
   7511 	{
   7512 	  bfd_boolean ignored;
   7513 
   7514 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   7515 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   7516 				   h, sec, relocation,
   7517 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   7518 
   7519 	  sym_name = h->root.root.string;
   7520 	}
   7521 
   7522       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   7523 	{
   7524 	  /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
   7525 	     or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
   7526 	     section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
   7527 	  howto = NULL;
   7528 	  if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
   7529 	    howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
   7530 	  RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   7531 					   rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   7532 	}
   7533 
   7534       if (info->relocatable)
   7535 	{
   7536 	  if (got2 != NULL
   7537 	      && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
   7538 	      && rel->r_addend != 0)
   7539 	    {
   7540 	      /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special.  If non-zero, the
   7541 		 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.  */
   7542 	      rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
   7543 	    }
   7544 	  continue;
   7545 	}
   7546 
   7547       /* TLS optimizations.  Replace instruction sequences and relocs
   7548 	 based on information we collected in tls_optimize.  We edit
   7549 	 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
   7550 	 for the final instruction stream.  */
   7551       tls_mask = 0;
   7552       tls_gd = 0;
   7553       if (h != NULL)
   7554 	tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
   7555       else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
   7556 	{
   7557 	  struct plt_entry **local_plt;
   7558 	  char *lgot_masks;
   7559 	  local_plt
   7560 	    = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   7561 	  lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   7562 	  tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
   7563 	}
   7564 
   7565       /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane.  */
   7566       if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3)    != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
   7567 	  || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
   7568 	  || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
   7569 	  || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
   7570 	  || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3)    != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
   7571 	  || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
   7572 	  || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
   7573 	  || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
   7574 	abort ();
   7575       switch (r_type)
   7576 	{
   7577 	default:
   7578 	  break;
   7579 
   7580 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
   7581 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
   7582 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
   7583 	      && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
   7584 	    {
   7585 	      bfd_vma insn;
   7586 
   7587 	      insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
   7588 	      insn &= 31 << 21;
   7589 	      insn |= 0x3c020000;	/* addis 0,2,0 */
   7590 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
   7591 	      r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
   7592 	      rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
   7593 	    }
   7594 	  break;
   7595 
   7596 	case R_PPC_TLS:
   7597 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
   7598 	      && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
   7599 	    {
   7600 	      bfd_vma insn;
   7601 
   7602 	      insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   7603 	      insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
   7604 	      if (insn == 0)
   7605 		abort ();
   7606 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   7607 	      r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
   7608 	      rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
   7609 
   7610 	      /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
   7611 		 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word.  */
   7612 	      rel->r_offset += d_offset;
   7613 	    }
   7614 	  break;
   7615 
   7616 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
   7617 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
   7618 	  tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD;
   7619 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
   7620 	    goto tls_gdld_hi;
   7621 	  break;
   7622 
   7623 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
   7624 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
   7625 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
   7626 	    {
   7627 	    tls_gdld_hi:
   7628 	      if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
   7629 		r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
   7630 			  + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
   7631 	      else
   7632 		{
   7633 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   7634 		  rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
   7635 		  r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
   7636 		}
   7637 	      rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
   7638 	    }
   7639 	  break;
   7640 
   7641 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
   7642 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
   7643 	  tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD;
   7644 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
   7645 	    goto tls_ldgd_opt;
   7646 	  break;
   7647 
   7648 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
   7649 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
   7650 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
   7651 	    {
   7652 	      unsigned int insn1, insn2;
   7653 	      bfd_vma offset;
   7654 
   7655 	    tls_ldgd_opt:
   7656 	      offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   7657 	      /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
   7658 		 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
   7659 		 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
   7660 		 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
   7661 		 the current reloc.  Edit both insns.  */
   7662 	      if (input_section->has_tls_get_addr_call
   7663 		  && rel + 1 < relend
   7664 		  && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
   7665 					      htab->tls_get_addr))
   7666 		offset = rel[1].r_offset;
   7667 	      if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
   7668 		{
   7669 		  /* IE */
   7670 		  insn1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd,
   7671 				      contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
   7672 		  insn1 &= (1 << 26) - 1;
   7673 		  insn1 |= 32 << 26;	/* lwz */
   7674 		  if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   7675 		    {
   7676 		      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
   7677 		      insn2 = 0x7c631214;	/* add 3,3,2 */
   7678 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
   7679 		    }
   7680 		  r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
   7681 			    + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
   7682 		  rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
   7683 		}
   7684 	      else
   7685 		{
   7686 		  /* LE */
   7687 		  insn1 = 0x3c620000;	/* addis 3,2,0 */
   7688 		  if (tls_gd == 0)
   7689 		    {
   7690 		      /* Was an LD reloc.  */
   7691 		      for (r_symndx = 0;
   7692 			   r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   7693 			   r_symndx++)
   7694 			if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
   7695 			  break;
   7696 		      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   7697 			r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
   7698 		      rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   7699 		      if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
   7700 			rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
   7701 					  + sec->output_offset
   7702 					  + sec->output_section->vma);
   7703 		    }
   7704 		  r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
   7705 		  rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
   7706 		  if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   7707 		    {
   7708 		      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
   7709 		      rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
   7710 		      rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   7711 		      insn2 = 0x38630000;	/* addi 3,3,0 */
   7712 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
   7713 		    }
   7714 		}
   7715 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn1,
   7716 			  contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
   7717 	      if (tls_gd == 0)
   7718 		{
   7719 		  /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc.  Start over
   7720 		     in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right.  */
   7721 		  rel--;
   7722 		  continue;
   7723 		}
   7724 	    }
   7725 	  break;
   7726 
   7727 	case R_PPC_TLSGD:
   7728 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
   7729 	    {
   7730 	      unsigned int insn2;
   7731 	      bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
   7732 
   7733 	      if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPRELGD) != 0)
   7734 		{
   7735 		  /* IE */
   7736 		  r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
   7737 		  insn2 = 0x7c631214;	/* add 3,3,2 */
   7738 		}
   7739 	      else
   7740 		{
   7741 		  /* LE */
   7742 		  r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
   7743 		  rel->r_offset += d_offset;
   7744 		  insn2 = 0x38630000;	/* addi 3,3,0 */
   7745 		}
   7746 	      rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
   7747 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
   7748 	      /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too.  */
   7749 	      BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
   7750 	      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
   7751 	    }
   7752 	  break;
   7753 
   7754 	case R_PPC_TLSLD:
   7755 	  if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
   7756 	    {
   7757 	      unsigned int insn2;
   7758 
   7759 	      for (r_symndx = 0;
   7760 		   r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   7761 		   r_symndx++)
   7762 		if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
   7763 		  break;
   7764 	      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   7765 		r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
   7766 	      rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   7767 	      if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
   7768 		rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
   7769 				  + sec->output_offset
   7770 				  + sec->output_section->vma);
   7771 
   7772 	      rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
   7773 	      rel->r_offset += d_offset;
   7774 	      insn2 = 0x38630000;	/* addi 3,3,0 */
   7775 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2,
   7776 			  contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
   7777 	      /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too.  */
   7778 	      BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
   7779 	      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
   7780 	      rel--;
   7781 	      continue;
   7782 	    }
   7783 	  break;
   7784 	}
   7785 
   7786       /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn.  */
   7787       branch_bit = 0;
   7788       switch (r_type)
   7789 	{
   7790 	default:
   7791 	  break;
   7792 
   7793 	  /* Branch taken prediction relocations.  */
   7794 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
   7795 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
   7796 	  branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
   7797 	  /* Fall thru */
   7798 
   7799 	  /* Branch not taken prediction relocations.  */
   7800 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
   7801 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
   7802 	  {
   7803 	    bfd_vma insn;
   7804 
   7805 	    insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   7806 	    insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
   7807 	    insn |= branch_bit;
   7808 
   7809 	    from = (rel->r_offset
   7810 		    + input_section->output_offset
   7811 		    + input_section->output_section->vma);
   7812 
   7813 	    /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default.  */
   7814 	    if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
   7815 	      insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
   7816 
   7817 	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   7818 	    break;
   7819 	  }
   7820 	}
   7821 
   7822       ifunc = NULL;
   7823       if (!htab->is_vxworks)
   7824 	{
   7825 	  struct plt_entry *ent;
   7826 
   7827 	  if (h != NULL)
   7828 	    {
   7829 	      if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   7830 		ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
   7831 	    }
   7832 	  else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
   7833 		   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   7834 	    {
   7835 	      struct plt_entry **local_plt;
   7836 
   7837 	      local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
   7838 						 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   7839 	      ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
   7840 	    }
   7841 
   7842 	  ent = NULL;
   7843 	  if (ifunc != NULL
   7844 	      && (!info->shared
   7845 		  || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
   7846 	    {
   7847 	      addend = 0;
   7848 	      if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
   7849 		addend = rel->r_addend;
   7850 	      ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
   7851 	    }
   7852 	  if (ent != NULL)
   7853 	    {
   7854 	      if (h == NULL && (ent->plt.offset & 1) == 0)
   7855 		{
   7856 		  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   7857 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   7858 
   7859 		  rela.r_offset = (htab->iplt->output_section->vma
   7860 				   + htab->iplt->output_offset
   7861 				   + ent->plt.offset);
   7862 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
   7863 		  rela.r_addend = relocation;
   7864 		  loc = htab->reliplt->contents;
   7865 		  loc += (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++
   7866 			  * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   7867 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   7868 
   7869 		  ent->plt.offset |= 1;
   7870 		}
   7871 	      if (h == NULL && (ent->glink_offset & 1) == 0)
   7872 		{
   7873 		  unsigned char *p = ((unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents
   7874 				      + ent->glink_offset);
   7875 		  write_glink_stub (ent, htab->iplt, p, info);
   7876 		  ent->glink_offset |= 1;
   7877 		}
   7878 
   7879 	      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   7880 	      if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
   7881 		  || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   7882 		  || h == NULL)
   7883 		relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
   7884 			      + htab->glink->output_offset
   7885 			      + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
   7886 	      else
   7887 		relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   7888 			      + htab->plt->output_offset
   7889 			      + ent->plt.offset);
   7890 	    }
   7891 	}
   7892 
   7893       addend = rel->r_addend;
   7894       tls_type = 0;
   7895       howto = NULL;
   7896       if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
   7897 	howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
   7898       switch (r_type)
   7899 	{
   7900 	default:
   7901 	  info->callbacks->einfo
   7902 	    (_("%P: %B: unknown relocation type %d for symbol %s\n"),
   7903 	     input_bfd, (int) r_type, sym_name);
   7904 
   7905 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   7906 	  ret = FALSE;
   7907 	  continue;
   7908 
   7909 	case R_PPC_NONE:
   7910 	case R_PPC_TLS:
   7911 	case R_PPC_TLSGD:
   7912 	case R_PPC_TLSLD:
   7913 	case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
   7914 	case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   7915 	case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   7916 	  continue;
   7917 
   7918 	  /* GOT16 relocations.  Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
   7919 	     address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
   7920 	     symbol's value itself.  Also, create a GOT entry for the
   7921 	     symbol and put the symbol value there.  */
   7922 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
   7923 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
   7924 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
   7925 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
   7926 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
   7927 	  goto dogot;
   7928 
   7929 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
   7930 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
   7931 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
   7932 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
   7933 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
   7934 	  goto dogot;
   7935 
   7936 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
   7937 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
   7938 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
   7939 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
   7940 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
   7941 	  goto dogot;
   7942 
   7943 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
   7944 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
   7945 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
   7946 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
   7947 	  tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
   7948 	  goto dogot;
   7949 
   7950 	case R_PPC_GOT16:
   7951 	case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
   7952 	case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
   7953 	case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
   7954 	  tls_mask = 0;
   7955 	dogot:
   7956 	  {
   7957 	    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   7958 	       offset table.  */
   7959 	    bfd_vma off;
   7960 	    bfd_vma *offp;
   7961 	    unsigned long indx;
   7962 
   7963 	    if (htab->got == NULL)
   7964 	      abort ();
   7965 
   7966 	    indx = 0;
   7967 	    if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
   7968 		&& (h == NULL
   7969 		    || !h->def_dynamic))
   7970 	      offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
   7971 	    else if (h != NULL)
   7972 	      {
   7973 		bfd_boolean dyn;
   7974 		dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
   7975 		if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
   7976 		    || (info->shared
   7977 			&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
   7978 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   7979 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   7980 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   7981 		     because of a version file.  */
   7982 		  ;
   7983 		else
   7984 		  {
   7985 		    BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   7986 		    indx = h->dynindx;
   7987 		    unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   7988 		  }
   7989 		offp = &h->got.offset;
   7990 	      }
   7991 	    else
   7992 	      {
   7993 		if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   7994 		  abort ();
   7995 		offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   7996 	      }
   7997 
   7998 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use the
   7999 	       least significant bit to record whether we have already
   8000 	       processed this entry.  */
   8001 	    off = *offp;
   8002 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   8003 	      off &= ~1;
   8004 	    else
   8005 	      {
   8006 		unsigned int tls_m = (tls_mask
   8007 				      & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
   8008 					 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD));
   8009 
   8010 		if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
   8011 		  tls_m = TLS_LD;
   8012 		else if (h == NULL
   8013 			 || !h->def_dynamic)
   8014 		  tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
   8015 
   8016 		/* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
   8017 		   Initialize them all.  */
   8018 		do
   8019 		  {
   8020 		    int tls_ty = 0;
   8021 
   8022 		    if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
   8023 		      {
   8024 			tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
   8025 			tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
   8026 		      }
   8027 		    else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
   8028 		      {
   8029 			tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
   8030 			tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
   8031 		      }
   8032 		    else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
   8033 		      {
   8034 			tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
   8035 			tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
   8036 		      }
   8037 		    else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
   8038 		      {
   8039 			tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
   8040 			tls_m = 0;
   8041 		      }
   8042 
   8043 		    /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker.  */
   8044 		    if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
   8045 			&& (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset
   8046 			    || h == NULL
   8047 			    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   8048 			    || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   8049 		      {
   8050 			asection *rsec = htab->relgot;
   8051 			bfd_byte * loc;
   8052 
   8053 			if (ifunc != NULL)
   8054 			  rsec = htab->reliplt;
   8055 			outrel.r_offset = (htab->got->output_section->vma
   8056 					   + htab->got->output_offset
   8057 					   + off);
   8058 			outrel.r_addend = 0;
   8059 			if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
   8060 			  {
   8061 			    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
   8062 			    if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
   8063 			      {
   8064 				loc = rsec->contents;
   8065 				loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
   8066 					* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   8067 				bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
   8068 							   &outrel, loc);
   8069 				outrel.r_offset += 4;
   8070 				outrel.r_info
   8071 				  = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
   8072 			      }
   8073 			  }
   8074 			else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
   8075 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
   8076 			else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
   8077 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
   8078 			else if (indx != 0)
   8079 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
   8080 			else if (ifunc != NULL)
   8081 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
   8082 			else
   8083 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
   8084 			if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
   8085 			  {
   8086 			    outrel.r_addend += relocation;
   8087 			    if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
   8088 			      outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
   8089 			  }
   8090 			loc = rsec->contents;
   8091 			loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
   8092 				* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   8093 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   8094 		      }
   8095 
   8096 		    /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
   8097 		       emitting a reloc.  */
   8098 		    else
   8099 		      {
   8100 			bfd_vma value = relocation;
   8101 
   8102 			if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
   8103 			  value = 1;
   8104 			else if (tls_ty != 0)
   8105 			  {
   8106 			    value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   8107 			    if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
   8108 			      value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
   8109 
   8110 			    if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
   8111 			      {
   8112 				bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value,
   8113 					    htab->got->contents + off + 4);
   8114 				value = 1;
   8115 			      }
   8116 			  }
   8117 			bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value,
   8118 				    htab->got->contents + off);
   8119 		      }
   8120 
   8121 		    off += 4;
   8122 		    if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
   8123 		      off += 4;
   8124 		  }
   8125 		while (tls_m != 0);
   8126 
   8127 		off = *offp;
   8128 		*offp = off | 1;
   8129 	      }
   8130 
   8131 	    if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   8132 	      abort ();
   8133 
   8134 	    if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
   8135 	      {
   8136 		if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
   8137 		  {
   8138 		    if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
   8139 			&& !(h == NULL
   8140 			     || !h->def_dynamic))
   8141 		      off += 8;
   8142 		    if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
   8143 		      {
   8144 			if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
   8145 			  off += 8;
   8146 			if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
   8147 			  {
   8148 			    if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
   8149 			      off += 4;
   8150 			  }
   8151 		      }
   8152 		  }
   8153 	      }
   8154 
   8155 	    relocation = (htab->got->output_section->vma
   8156 			  + htab->got->output_offset
   8157 			  + off
   8158 			  - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
   8159 
   8160 	    /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
   8161 	       x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
   8162 	       generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
   8163 	       got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m.  */
   8164 	    if (addend != 0)
   8165 	      info->callbacks->einfo
   8166 		(_("%P: %H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
   8167 		 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   8168 		 howto->name,
   8169 		 sym_name);
   8170 	  }
   8171 	break;
   8172 
   8173 	/* Relocations that need no special processing.  */
   8174 	case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
   8175 	  /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
   8176 	     at a symbol not in this object.  */
   8177 	  if (unresolved_reloc)
   8178 	    {
   8179 	      if (! (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
   8180 							  h->root.root.string,
   8181 							  input_bfd,
   8182 							  input_section,
   8183 							  rel->r_offset,
   8184 							  TRUE))
   8185 		return FALSE;
   8186 	      continue;
   8187 	    }
   8188 	  break;
   8189 
   8190 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
   8191 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
   8192 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
   8193 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
   8194 	  addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   8195 	  break;
   8196 
   8197 	  /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
   8198 	     object.  */
   8199 	case R_PPC_TPREL16:
   8200 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
   8201 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
   8202 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
   8203 	  if (h != NULL
   8204 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   8205 	      && h->dynindx == -1)
   8206 	    {
   8207 	      /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
   8208 		 resolve to zero.  This is really just a tweak, since
   8209 		 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
   8210 		 defined before using them.  */
   8211 	      bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
   8212 	      unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, p);
   8213 	      insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
   8214 	      if (insn != 0)
   8215 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, p);
   8216 	      break;
   8217 	    }
   8218 	  addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   8219 	  /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
   8220 	     libs as they will result in DT_TEXTREL being set, but
   8221 	     support them anyway.  */
   8222 	  goto dodyn;
   8223 
   8224 	case R_PPC_TPREL32:
   8225 	  addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   8226 	  goto dodyn;
   8227 
   8228 	case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
   8229 	  addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   8230 	  goto dodyn;
   8231 
   8232 	case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
   8233 	  relocation = 1;
   8234 	  addend = 0;
   8235 	  goto dodyn;
   8236 
   8237 	case R_PPC_REL16:
   8238 	case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
   8239 	case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
   8240 	case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
   8241 	  break;
   8242 
   8243 	case R_PPC_REL32:
   8244 	  if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
   8245 	    break;
   8246 	  /* fall through */
   8247 
   8248 	case R_PPC_ADDR32:
   8249 	case R_PPC_ADDR16:
   8250 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
   8251 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
   8252 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
   8253 	case R_PPC_UADDR32:
   8254 	case R_PPC_UADDR16:
   8255 	  goto dodyn;
   8256 
   8257 	case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
   8258 	case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
   8259 	case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
   8260 	case R_PPC_REL24:
   8261 	case R_PPC_REL14:
   8262 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
   8263 	case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
   8264 	  /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
   8265 	     handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker.  */
   8266 	  if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   8267 	      || h == htab->elf.hgot)
   8268 	    break;
   8269 	  /* fall through */
   8270 
   8271 	case R_PPC_ADDR24:
   8272 	case R_PPC_ADDR14:
   8273 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
   8274 	case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
   8275 	  if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
   8276 	    break;
   8277 	  /* fall through */
   8278 
   8279 	dodyn:
   8280 	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   8281 	      || is_vxworks_tls)
   8282 	    break;
   8283 
   8284 	  if ((info->shared
   8285 	       && !(h != NULL
   8286 		    && ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
   8287 			 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN
   8288 			     || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL))
   8289 			|| (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   8290 			    && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)))
   8291 	       && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
   8292 		   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   8293 	      || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   8294 		  && !info->shared
   8295 		  && h != NULL
   8296 		  && h->dynindx != -1
   8297 		  && !h->non_got_ref
   8298 		  && !h->def_regular))
   8299 	    {
   8300 	      int skip;
   8301 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   8302 	      asection *sreloc;
   8303 #ifdef DEBUG
   8304 	      fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
   8305 		       "create relocation for %s\n",
   8306 		       (h && h->root.root.string
   8307 			? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
   8308 #endif
   8309 
   8310 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   8311 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   8312 		 time.  */
   8313 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   8314 	      if (ifunc)
   8315 		sreloc = htab->reliplt;
   8316 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   8317 		return FALSE;
   8318 
   8319 	      skip = 0;
   8320 	      outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   8321 							 input_section,
   8322 							 rel->r_offset);
   8323 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   8324 		  || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   8325 		skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
   8326 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   8327 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   8328 
   8329 	      if (skip)
   8330 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   8331 	      else if ((h != NULL
   8332 			&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
   8333 			    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   8334 		       || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   8335 		{
   8336 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   8337 		  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   8338 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   8339 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   8340 		}
   8341 	      else
   8342 		{
   8343 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   8344 
   8345 		  if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
   8346 		    {
   8347 		      long indx = 0;
   8348 
   8349 		      if (ifunc != NULL)
   8350 			{
   8351 			  /* If we get here when building a static
   8352 			     executable, then the libc startup function
   8353 			     responsible for applying indirect function
   8354 			     relocations is going to complain about
   8355 			     the reloc type.
   8356 			     If we get here when building a dynamic
   8357 			     executable, it will be because we have
   8358 			     a text relocation.  The dynamic loader
   8359 			     will set the text segment writable and
   8360 			     non-executable to apply text relocations.
   8361 			     So we'll segfault when trying to run the
   8362 			     indirection function to resolve the reloc.  */
   8363 			  info->callbacks->einfo
   8364 			    (_("%P: %H: relocation %s for indirect "
   8365 			       "function %s unsupported\n"),
   8366 			     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   8367 			     howto->name,
   8368 			     sym_name);
   8369 			  ret = FALSE;
   8370 			}
   8371 		      else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   8372 			;
   8373 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   8374 			{
   8375 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   8376 			  ret = FALSE;
   8377 			}
   8378 		      else
   8379 			{
   8380 			  asection *osec;
   8381 
   8382 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   8383 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   8384 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   8385 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   8386 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
   8387 			     FIXME: Why not always use a zero index?  */
   8388 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   8389 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   8390 			  if (indx == 0)
   8391 			    {
   8392 			      osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
   8393 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   8394 			    }
   8395 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   8396 #ifdef DEBUG
   8397 			  if (indx == 0)
   8398 			    printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n",
   8399 				    indx, osec->name, osec->flags,
   8400 				    h->root.root.string);
   8401 #endif
   8402 			}
   8403 
   8404 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   8405 		    }
   8406 		  else if (ifunc != NULL)
   8407 		    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
   8408 		  else
   8409 		    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
   8410 		}
   8411 
   8412 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   8413 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   8414 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   8415 
   8416 	      if (skip == -1)
   8417 		continue;
   8418 
   8419 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime.  We clear the memory
   8420 		 so that it contains predictable value.  */
   8421 	      if (! skip
   8422 		  && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   8423 		      || ELF32_R_TYPE (outrel.r_info) != R_PPC_RELATIVE))
   8424 		{
   8425 		  relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
   8426 		  addend = 0;
   8427 		  break;
   8428 		}
   8429 	    }
   8430 	  break;
   8431 
   8432 	case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
   8433 	case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
   8434 	  if (h != NULL)
   8435 	    {
   8436 	      struct plt_entry *ent;
   8437 	      bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
   8438 
   8439 	      if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
   8440 		{
   8441 		  if (info->shared)
   8442 		    got2_addend = addend;
   8443 		  addend = 0;
   8444 		}
   8445 	      ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
   8446 	      if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
   8447 		relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
   8448 			      + htab->glink->output_offset
   8449 			      + ent->glink_offset);
   8450 	      else
   8451 		relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   8452 			      + htab->plt->output_offset
   8453 			      + ent->plt.offset);
   8454 	    }
   8455 	  /* Fall thru */
   8456 
   8457 	case R_PPC_RELAX:
   8458 	  if (info->shared)
   8459 	    relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
   8460 			   + input_section->output_offset
   8461 			   + rel->r_offset - 4);
   8462 
   8463 	  {
   8464 	    unsigned long t0;
   8465 	    unsigned long t1;
   8466 
   8467 	    t0 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   8468 	    t1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   8469 
   8470 	    /* We're clearing the bits for R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
   8471 	       and R_PPC_ADDR16_LO here.  */
   8472 	    t0 &= ~0xffff;
   8473 	    t1 &= ~0xffff;
   8474 
   8475 	    /* t0 is HA, t1 is LO */
   8476 	    relocation += addend;
   8477 	    t0 |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
   8478 	    t1 |= relocation & 0xffff;
   8479 
   8480 	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t0, contents + rel->r_offset);
   8481 	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t1, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   8482 
   8483 	    /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
   8484 	       relocs to describe this relocation.  */
   8485 	    BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
   8486 	    /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
   8487 	    rel[0].r_offset += 2;
   8488 	    memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
   8489 	    rel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
   8490 	    rel[1].r_offset += 4;
   8491 	    rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
   8492 	    rel++;
   8493 	  }
   8494 	  continue;
   8495 
   8496 	  /* Indirect .sdata relocation.  */
   8497 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
   8498 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
   8499 	  if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
   8500 	    {
   8501 	      unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8502 	      break;
   8503 	    }
   8504 	  relocation
   8505 	    = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
   8506 						 h, relocation, rel);
   8507 	  addend = 0;
   8508 	  break;
   8509 
   8510 	  /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation.  */
   8511 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
   8512 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
   8513 	  if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
   8514 	    {
   8515 	      unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8516 	      break;
   8517 	    }
   8518 	  relocation
   8519 	    = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
   8520 						 h, relocation, rel);
   8521 	  addend = 0;
   8522 	  break;
   8523 
   8524 	  /* Handle the TOC16 reloc.  We want to use the offset within the .got
   8525 	     section, not the actual VMA.  This is appropriate when generating
   8526 	     an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
   8527 	     AIX .toc section.  */
   8528 	case R_PPC_TOC16:			/* phony GOT16 relocations */
   8529 	  if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
   8530 	    {
   8531 	      unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8532 	      break;
   8533 	    }
   8534 	  BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec->owner, sec),
   8535 			      ".got") == 0
   8536 		      || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec->owner, sec),
   8537 				 ".cgot") == 0);
   8538 
   8539 	  addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
   8540 	  break;
   8541 
   8542 	case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
   8543 	  if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
   8544 	    {
   8545 	      struct plt_entry *ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
   8546 						    info->shared ? addend : 0);
   8547 	      if (ent == NULL
   8548 		  || htab->plt == NULL)
   8549 		{
   8550 		  /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   8551 		     happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   8552 		     using -Bsymbolic.  */
   8553 		}
   8554 	      else
   8555 		{
   8556 		  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   8557 		     procedure linkage table.  */
   8558 		  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   8559 		  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
   8560 		    relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
   8561 				  + htab->glink->output_offset
   8562 				  + ent->glink_offset);
   8563 		  else
   8564 		    relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   8565 				  + htab->plt->output_offset
   8566 				  + ent->plt.offset);
   8567 		}
   8568 	    }
   8569 
   8570 	  /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special.  If non-zero, the
   8571 	     addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
   8572 	     Don't apply it to the relocation field.  */
   8573 	  addend = 0;
   8574 	  break;
   8575 
   8576 	  /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_.  */
   8577 	case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
   8578 	  {
   8579 	    const char *name;
   8580 	    struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
   8581 
   8582 	    if (sec == NULL
   8583 		|| sec->output_section == NULL
   8584 		|| !is_static_defined (sda))
   8585 	      {
   8586 		unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8587 		break;
   8588 	      }
   8589 	    addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
   8590 
   8591 	    name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section);
   8592 	    if (! ((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata")
   8593 		    && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.'))
   8594 		   || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss")
   8595 		       && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.'))))
   8596 	      {
   8597 		info->callbacks->einfo
   8598 		  (_("%P: %B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
   8599 		     "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"),
   8600 		   input_bfd,
   8601 		   sym_name,
   8602 		   howto->name,
   8603 		   name);
   8604 	      }
   8605 	  }
   8606 	  break;
   8607 
   8608 	  /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_.  */
   8609 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
   8610 	  {
   8611 	    const char *name;
   8612 	    struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
   8613 
   8614 	    if (sec == NULL
   8615 		|| sec->output_section == NULL
   8616 		|| !is_static_defined (sda))
   8617 	      {
   8618 		unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8619 		break;
   8620 	      }
   8621 	    addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
   8622 
   8623 	    name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section);
   8624 	    if (! (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2")
   8625 		   || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2")))
   8626 	      {
   8627 		info->callbacks->einfo
   8628 		  (_("%P: %B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
   8629 		     "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"),
   8630 		   input_bfd,
   8631 		   sym_name,
   8632 		   howto->name,
   8633 		   name);
   8634 	      }
   8635 	  }
   8636 	  break;
   8637 
   8638 	case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
   8639 	  relocation = (relocation + addend) & 0xffff;
   8640 	  ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8641                                relocation, split16a_type);
   8642 	  continue;
   8643 
   8644 	case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
   8645 	  relocation = (relocation + addend) & 0xffff;
   8646 	  ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8647                                relocation, split16d_type);
   8648 	  continue;
   8649 
   8650 	case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
   8651 	  relocation = ((relocation + addend) >> 16) & 0xffff;
   8652 	  ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8653                                relocation, split16a_type);
   8654 	  continue;
   8655 
   8656 	case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
   8657 	  relocation = ((relocation + addend) >> 16) & 0xffff;
   8658 	  ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8659                                relocation, split16d_type);
   8660 	  continue;
   8661 
   8662 	case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
   8663 	  {
   8664 	    bfd_vma value = relocation + addend;
   8665 	    value = (((value >> 16) + ((value & 0x8000) ? 1 : 0)) & 0xffff);
   8666 	    ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8667                                  value, split16a_type);
   8668 	  }
   8669 	  continue;
   8670 
   8671 	case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
   8672 	  {
   8673 	    bfd_vma value = relocation + addend;
   8674 	    value = (((value >> 16) + ((value & 0x8000) ? 1 : 0)) & 0xffff);
   8675 	    ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8676                                  value, split16d_type);
   8677 	  }
   8678 	  continue;
   8679 
   8680 	  /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0.  */
   8681 	case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
   8682 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
   8683 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
   8684 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
   8685 	  {
   8686 	    const char *name;
   8687 	    int reg;
   8688 	    struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
   8689 
   8690 	    if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
   8691 	      {
   8692 		unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8693 		break;
   8694 	      }
   8695 
   8696 	    name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section);
   8697 	    if (((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata")
   8698 		  && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.'))
   8699 		 || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss")
   8700 		     && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.'))))
   8701 	      {
   8702 		reg = 13;
   8703 		sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
   8704 	      }
   8705 	    else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2")
   8706 		     || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2"))
   8707 	      {
   8708 		reg = 2;
   8709 		sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
   8710 	      }
   8711 	    else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
   8712 		     || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
   8713 	      {
   8714 		reg = 0;
   8715 	      }
   8716 	    else
   8717 	      {
   8718 		info->callbacks->einfo
   8719 		  (_("%P: %B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
   8720 		     "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"),
   8721 		   input_bfd,
   8722 		   sym_name,
   8723 		   howto->name,
   8724 		   name);
   8725 
   8726 		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   8727 		ret = FALSE;
   8728 		continue;
   8729 	      }
   8730 
   8731 	    if (sda != NULL)
   8732 	      {
   8733 		if (!is_static_defined (sda))
   8734 		  {
   8735 		    unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8736 		    break;
   8737 		  }
   8738 		addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
   8739 	      }
   8740 
   8741 	    if (reg == 0
   8742 		&& (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
   8743 		    || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
   8744 	      {
   8745 		/* Use the split20 format.  */
   8746 		bfd_vma insn, bits12to15, bits21to31;
   8747 		bfd_vma value  = (relocation + rel->r_offset) & 0xffff;
   8748 		/* Propagate sign bit, if necessary.  */
   8749 		insn = (value & 0x8000) ? 0x70107800 : 0x70000000;
   8750 		bits12to15 = value & 0x700;
   8751 		bits21to31 = value & 0x7ff;
   8752 		insn |= bits12to15;
   8753 		insn |= bits21to31;
   8754   		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   8755 		continue;
   8756 	      }
   8757 	    else if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
   8758 		     || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
   8759 		     || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)
   8760 	      {
   8761 		bfd_vma insn;  /* Fill in register field.  */
   8762 
   8763 		insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   8764 		insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
   8765 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   8766 	      }
   8767 	  }
   8768 	  break;
   8769 
   8770 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
   8771 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
   8772 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
   8773 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
   8774 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
   8775 	case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
   8776 	  {
   8777 	    bfd_vma value;
   8778 	    const char *name;
   8779 	    //int reg;
   8780 	    struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
   8781 
   8782 	    if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
   8783 	      {
   8784 		unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8785 		break;
   8786 	      }
   8787 
   8788 	    name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section);
   8789 	    if (((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata")
   8790 		  && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.'))
   8791 		 || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss")
   8792 		     && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.'))))
   8793 	      {
   8794 		//reg = 13;
   8795 		sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
   8796 	      }
   8797 	    else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2")
   8798 		     || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2"))
   8799 	      {
   8800 		//reg = 2;
   8801 		sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
   8802 	      }
   8803 	    else
   8804 	      {
   8805 		(*_bfd_error_handler)
   8806 		  (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
   8807 		     "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
   8808 		   input_bfd,
   8809 		   sym_name,
   8810 		   howto->name,
   8811 		   name);
   8812 
   8813 		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   8814 		ret = FALSE;
   8815 		continue;
   8816 	      }
   8817 
   8818 	    if (sda != NULL)
   8819 	      {
   8820 		if (!is_static_defined (sda))
   8821 		  {
   8822 		    unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8823 		    break;
   8824 		  }
   8825 	      }
   8826 
   8827 	   value = sda->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   8828    		   + sda->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   8829 
   8830 	   if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
   8831 	      {
   8832 		value = (value + addend) & 0xffff;
   8833 	        ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8834                                      value, split16a_type);
   8835 	      }
   8836 	   else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
   8837 	      {
   8838 		value = (value + addend) & 0xffff;
   8839 	        ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8840                                      value, split16d_type);
   8841 	      }
   8842 	   else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
   8843 	      {
   8844 		value = ((value + addend) >> 16) & 0xffff;
   8845 	        ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8846                                      value, split16a_type);
   8847 	      }
   8848 	   else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
   8849 	      {
   8850 		value = ((value + addend) >> 16) & 0xffff;
   8851 	        ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8852                                      value, split16d_type);
   8853 	      }
   8854 	   else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
   8855 	      {
   8856 		value += addend;
   8857 		value = (((value >> 16) + ((value & 0x8000) ? 1 : 0)) & 0xffff);
   8858 	        ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8859                                      value, split16a_type);
   8860 	      }
   8861 	   else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
   8862 	      {
   8863 		value += addend;
   8864 		value = (((value >> 16) + ((value & 0x8000) ? 1 : 0)) & 0xffff);
   8865 	        ppc_elf_vle_split16 (output_bfd, contents, rel->r_offset,
   8866                                      value, split16d_type);
   8867 	      }
   8868 	  }
   8869 	  continue;
   8870 
   8871 	  /* Relocate against the beginning of the section.  */
   8872 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
   8873 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
   8874 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
   8875 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
   8876 	  if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
   8877 	    {
   8878 	      unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
   8879 	      break;
   8880 	    }
   8881 	  addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   8882 	  break;
   8883 
   8884 	  /* Negative relocations.  */
   8885 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
   8886 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
   8887 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
   8888 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
   8889 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
   8890 	  addend -= 2 * relocation;
   8891 	  break;
   8892 
   8893 	case R_PPC_COPY:
   8894 	case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
   8895 	case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
   8896 	case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
   8897 	case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
   8898 	case R_PPC_PLT32:
   8899 	case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
   8900 	case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
   8901 	case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
   8902 	case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
   8903 	case R_PPC_ADDR30:
   8904 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
   8905 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
   8906 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
   8907 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
   8908 	case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
   8909 	  info->callbacks->einfo
   8910 	    (_("%P: %B: relocation %s is not yet supported for symbol %s\n"),
   8911 	     input_bfd,
   8912 	     howto->name,
   8913 	     sym_name);
   8914 
   8915 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   8916 	  ret = FALSE;
   8917 	  continue;
   8918 	}
   8919 
   8920       /* Do any further special processing.  */
   8921       switch (r_type)
   8922 	{
   8923 	default:
   8924 	  break;
   8925 
   8926 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
   8927 	case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
   8928 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
   8929 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
   8930 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
   8931 	case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
   8932 	case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
   8933 	  /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
   8934 	     that's not actually defined anywhere.  In that case,
   8935 	     'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
   8936 	     alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link).  */
   8937 	  if (sec == NULL)
   8938 	    break;
   8939 	  /* Fall thru */
   8940 
   8941 	case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
   8942 	case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
   8943 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
   8944 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
   8945 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
   8946 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
   8947 	  /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
   8948 	     Bits 0:15 are not used.  */
   8949 	  addend += 0x8000;
   8950 	  break;
   8951 
   8952 	case R_PPC_ADDR16:
   8953 	case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
   8954 	case R_PPC_GOT16:
   8955 	case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
   8956 	case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
   8957 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
   8958 	case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
   8959 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
   8960 	case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
   8961 	case R_PPC_TPREL16:
   8962 	case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
   8963 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
   8964 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
   8965 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
   8966 	case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
   8967 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
   8968 	case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
   8969 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
   8970 	case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
   8971 	  {
   8972 	    /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
   8973 	       certain 64-bit instructions.  Prevent damage to bits
   8974 	       that make up part of the insn opcode.  */
   8975 	    unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
   8976 
   8977 	    insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
   8978 	    mask = 0;
   8979 	    if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
   8980 	      mask = 3;
   8981 	    else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
   8982 	      mask = 15;
   8983 	    else
   8984 	      break;
   8985 	    lobit = mask & (relocation + addend);
   8986 	    if (lobit != 0)
   8987 	      {
   8988 		addend -= lobit;
   8989 		info->callbacks->einfo
   8990 		  (_("%P: %H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
   8991 		   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   8992 		   howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
   8993 		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   8994 		ret = FALSE;
   8995 	      }
   8996 	    addend += insn & mask;
   8997 	  }
   8998 	  break;
   8999 	}
   9000 
   9001 #ifdef DEBUG
   9002       fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
   9003 	       "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
   9004 	       howto->name,
   9005 	       (int) r_type,
   9006 	       sym_name,
   9007 	       r_symndx,
   9008 	       (long) rel->r_offset,
   9009 	       (long) addend);
   9010 #endif
   9011 
   9012       if (unresolved_reloc
   9013 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   9014 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   9015 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   9016 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   9017 	{
   9018 	  info->callbacks->einfo
   9019 	    (_("%P: %H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
   9020 	     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   9021 	     howto->name,
   9022 	     sym_name);
   9023 	  ret = FALSE;
   9024 	}
   9025 
   9026       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto,
   9027 				    input_bfd,
   9028 				    input_section,
   9029 				    contents,
   9030 				    rel->r_offset,
   9031 				    relocation,
   9032 				    addend);
   9033 
   9034       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   9035 	{
   9036 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   9037 	    {
   9038 	      if (warned)
   9039 		continue;
   9040 	      if (h != NULL
   9041 		  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   9042 		  && howto->pc_relative)
   9043 		{
   9044 		  /* Assume this is a call protected by other code that
   9045 		     detect the symbol is undefined.  If this is the case,
   9046 		     we can safely ignore the overflow.  If not, the
   9047 		     program is hosed anyway, and a little warning isn't
   9048 		     going to help.  */
   9049 
   9050 		  continue;
   9051 		}
   9052 
   9053 	      if (! (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) (info,
   9054 							(h ? &h->root : NULL),
   9055 							sym_name,
   9056 							howto->name,
   9057 							rel->r_addend,
   9058 							input_bfd,
   9059 							input_section,
   9060 							rel->r_offset))
   9061 		return FALSE;
   9062 	    }
   9063 	  else
   9064 	    {
   9065 	      info->callbacks->einfo
   9066 		(_("%P: %H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
   9067 		 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   9068 		 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
   9069 	      ret = FALSE;
   9070 	    }
   9071 	}
   9072     }
   9073 
   9074 #ifdef DEBUG
   9075   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
   9076 #endif
   9077 
   9078   return ret;
   9079 }
   9080 
   9081 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   9083    dynamic sections here.  */
   9084 
   9085 static bfd_boolean
   9086 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   9087 			       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   9088 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   9089 			       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   9090 {
   9091   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   9092   struct plt_entry *ent;
   9093   bfd_boolean doneone;
   9094 
   9095 #ifdef DEBUG
   9096   fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
   9097 	   h->root.root.string);
   9098 #endif
   9099 
   9100   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   9101   BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
   9102 
   9103   doneone = FALSE;
   9104   for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
   9105     if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   9106       {
   9107 	if (!doneone)
   9108 	  {
   9109 	    Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   9110 	    bfd_byte *loc;
   9111 	    bfd_vma reloc_index;
   9112 
   9113 	    if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
   9114 		|| !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9115 		|| h->dynindx == -1)
   9116 	      reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
   9117 	    else
   9118 	      {
   9119 		reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
   9120 			       / htab->plt_slot_size);
   9121 		if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
   9122 		    && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
   9123 		  reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
   9124 	      }
   9125 
   9126 	    /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
   9127 	       Set it up.  */
   9128 	    if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
   9129 		&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9130 		&& h->dynindx != -1)
   9131 	      {
   9132 		bfd_vma got_offset;
   9133 		const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
   9134 
   9135 		/* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved.  */
   9136 		got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
   9137 
   9138 		/* Use the right PLT. */
   9139 		plt_entry = info->shared ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
   9140 			    : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
   9141 
   9142 		/* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks.  */
   9143 		if (info->shared)
   9144 		  {
   9145 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9146 				plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
   9147 				htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
   9148 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9149 				plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
   9150 				htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
   9151 		  }
   9152 		else
   9153 		  {
   9154 		    bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
   9155 
   9156 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9157 				plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
   9158 				htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
   9159 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9160 				plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
   9161 				htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
   9162 		  }
   9163 
   9164 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
   9165 			    htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
   9166 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
   9167 			    htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
   9168 
   9169 		/* This instruction is an immediate load.  The value loaded is
   9170 		   the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
   9171 		   start of the .rela.plt section.  The value is stored in the
   9172 		   low-order 16 bits of the load instruction.  */
   9173 		/* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
   9174 		   prescaled offset.  */
   9175 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9176 			    plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
   9177 			    htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
   9178 		/* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
   9179 		   the start of the PLT section.  The address of this branch
   9180 		   instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
   9181 		   The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive.  The value
   9182 		   stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
   9183 		   offset.  */
   9184 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9185 			    (plt_entry[5]
   9186 			     | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
   9187 			    htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
   9188 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
   9189 			    htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
   9190 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
   9191 			    htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
   9192 
   9193 		/* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
   9194 		   the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
   9195 		   in this PLT entry.  */
   9196 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   9197 					 + htab->plt->output_offset
   9198 					 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
   9199 			    htab->sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   9200 
   9201 		if (!info->shared)
   9202 		  {
   9203 		    /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded.  */
   9204 		    loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
   9205 		      + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
   9206 			  * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
   9207 			 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   9208 
   9209 		    /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction.  */
   9210 		    rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   9211 				     + htab->plt->output_offset
   9212 				     + ent->plt.offset + 2);
   9213 		    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
   9214 						R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
   9215 		    rela.r_addend = got_offset;
   9216 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   9217 		    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9218 
   9219 		    /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction.  */
   9220 		    rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   9221 				     + htab->plt->output_offset
   9222 				     + ent->plt.offset + 6);
   9223 		    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
   9224 						R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
   9225 		    rela.r_addend = got_offset;
   9226 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   9227 		    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9228 
   9229 		    /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
   9230 		       PLT slot.  Point it at the middle of the .plt entry.  */
   9231 		    rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
   9232 				     + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
   9233 				     + got_offset);
   9234 		    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
   9235 						R_PPC_ADDR32);
   9236 		    rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
   9237 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   9238 		  }
   9239 
   9240 		/* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
   9241 		   In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
   9242 		   address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
   9243 		   by the ABI.  Instead, the offset is set to the address of
   9244 		   the GOT slot for this function.  See EABI 4.4.4.1.  */
   9245 		rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
   9246 				 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
   9247 				 + got_offset);
   9248 
   9249 	      }
   9250 	    else
   9251 	      {
   9252 		asection *splt = htab->plt;
   9253 		if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9254 		    || h->dynindx == -1)
   9255 		  splt = htab->iplt;
   9256 
   9257 		rela.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   9258 				 + splt->output_offset
   9259 				 + ent->plt.offset);
   9260 		if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
   9261 		    || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9262 		    || h->dynindx == -1)
   9263 		  {
   9264 		    /* We don't need to fill in the .plt.  The ppc dynamic
   9265 		       linker will fill it in.  */
   9266 		  }
   9267 		else
   9268 		  {
   9269 		    bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
   9270 				   + htab->glink->output_section->vma
   9271 				   + htab->glink->output_offset);
   9272 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val,
   9273 				splt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
   9274 		  }
   9275 	      }
   9276 
   9277 	    /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   9278 	    rela.r_addend = 0;
   9279 	    if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9280 		|| h->dynindx == -1)
   9281 	      {
   9282 		BFD_ASSERT (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   9283 			    && h->def_regular
   9284 			    && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   9285 				|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   9286 		rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
   9287 		rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
   9288 	      }
   9289 	    else
   9290 	      rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
   9291 
   9292 	    if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9293 		|| h->dynindx == -1)
   9294 	      loc = (htab->reliplt->contents
   9295 		     + (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++
   9296 			* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
   9297 	    else
   9298 	      loc = (htab->relplt->contents
   9299 		     + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   9300 	    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   9301 
   9302 	    if (!h->def_regular)
   9303 	      {
   9304 		/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
   9305 		   defined in the .plt section.  Leave the value if
   9306 		   there were any relocations where pointer equality
   9307 		   matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
   9308 		   make function pointer comparisons work between an
   9309 		   application and shared library), otherwise set it
   9310 		   to zero.  */
   9311 		sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   9312 		if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
   9313 		  sym->st_value = 0;
   9314 		else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   9315 		  {
   9316 		    /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
   9317 		       that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
   9318 		       function pointer.  */
   9319 		    sym->st_value = 0;
   9320 		  }
   9321 	      }
   9322 	    else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   9323 		     && !info->shared)
   9324 	      {
   9325 		/* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
   9326 		   executable to the glink entry.  This is to avoid
   9327 		   text relocations.  We can't do this for ifunc in
   9328 		   allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
   9329 		   function symbols with plt entries, because we need
   9330 		   to keep the original value around for the ifunc
   9331 		   relocation.  */
   9332 		sym->st_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
   9333 				 (output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
   9334 		sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
   9335 				 + htab->glink->output_offset
   9336 				 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
   9337 	      }
   9338 	    doneone = TRUE;
   9339 	  }
   9340 
   9341 	if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
   9342 	    || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9343 	    || h->dynindx == -1)
   9344 	  {
   9345 	    unsigned char *p;
   9346 	    asection *splt = htab->plt;
   9347 	    if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   9348 		|| h->dynindx == -1)
   9349 	      splt = htab->iplt;
   9350 
   9351 	    p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
   9352 
   9353 	    if (h == htab->tls_get_addr && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
   9354 	      {
   9355 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
   9356 		p += 4;
   9357 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
   9358 		p += 4;
   9359 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
   9360 		p += 4;
   9361 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
   9362 		p += 4;
   9363 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
   9364 		p += 4;
   9365 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
   9366 		p += 4;
   9367 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
   9368 		p += 4;
   9369 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
   9370 		p += 4;
   9371 	      }
   9372 
   9373 	    write_glink_stub (ent, splt, p, info);
   9374 
   9375 	    if (!info->shared)
   9376 	      /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub.  */
   9377 	      break;
   9378 	  }
   9379 	else
   9380 	  break;
   9381       }
   9382 
   9383   if (h->needs_copy)
   9384     {
   9385       asection *s;
   9386       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   9387       bfd_byte *loc;
   9388 
   9389       /* This symbols needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   9390 
   9391 #ifdef DEBUG
   9392       fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
   9393 #endif
   9394 
   9395       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   9396 
   9397       if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
   9398 	s = htab->relsbss;
   9399       else
   9400 	s = htab->relbss;
   9401       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   9402 
   9403       rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
   9404       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
   9405       rela.r_addend = 0;
   9406       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9407       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   9408     }
   9409 
   9410 #ifdef DEBUG
   9411   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
   9412 #endif
   9413 
   9414   return TRUE;
   9415 }
   9416 
   9417 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   9419 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
   9420 			  const asection *rel_sec,
   9421 			  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   9422 {
   9423   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   9424 
   9425   if (rel_sec == htab->reliplt)
   9426     return reloc_class_ifunc;
   9427 
   9428   switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   9429     {
   9430     case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
   9431       return reloc_class_relative;
   9432     case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
   9433       return reloc_class_plt;
   9434     case R_PPC_COPY:
   9435       return reloc_class_copy;
   9436     default:
   9437       return reloc_class_normal;
   9438     }
   9439 }
   9440 
   9441 /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   9443 
   9444 static bfd_boolean
   9445 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   9446 				 struct bfd_link_info *info)
   9447 {
   9448   asection *sdyn;
   9449   asection *splt;
   9450   struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   9451   bfd_vma got;
   9452   bfd *dynobj;
   9453   bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
   9454 
   9455 #ifdef DEBUG
   9456   fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
   9457 #endif
   9458 
   9459   htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
   9460   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   9461   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   9462   if (htab->is_vxworks)
   9463     splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   9464   else
   9465     splt = NULL;
   9466 
   9467   got = 0;
   9468   if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
   9469     got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
   9470 
   9471   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   9472     {
   9473       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   9474 
   9475       BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   9476 
   9477       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   9478       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   9479       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   9480 	{
   9481 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   9482 	  asection *s;
   9483 
   9484 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   9485 
   9486 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   9487 	    {
   9488 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   9489 	      if (htab->is_vxworks)
   9490 		s = htab->sgotplt;
   9491 	      else
   9492 		s = htab->plt;
   9493 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   9494 	      break;
   9495 
   9496 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   9497 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->relplt->size;
   9498 	      break;
   9499 
   9500 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   9501 	      s = htab->relplt;
   9502 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   9503 	      break;
   9504 
   9505 	    case DT_PPC_GOT:
   9506 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
   9507 	      break;
   9508 
   9509 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   9510 	      if (htab->is_vxworks)
   9511 		{
   9512 		  if (htab->relplt)
   9513 		    dyn.d_un.d_ptr -= htab->relplt->size;
   9514 		  break;
   9515 		}
   9516 	      continue;
   9517 
   9518 	    default:
   9519 	      if (htab->is_vxworks
   9520 		  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
   9521 		break;
   9522 	      continue;
   9523 	    }
   9524 
   9525 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   9526 	}
   9527     }
   9528 
   9529   if (htab->got != NULL)
   9530     {
   9531       if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->got
   9532 	  || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->sgotplt)
   9533 	{
   9534 	  unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
   9535 
   9536 	  p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
   9537 	  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
   9538 	    {
   9539 	      /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
   9540 		 so that a function can easily find the address of
   9541 		 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   9542 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
   9543 			  < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
   9544 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
   9545 	    }
   9546 
   9547 	  if (sdyn != NULL)
   9548 	    {
   9549 	      bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
   9550 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
   9551 			  < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
   9552 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
   9553 	    }
   9554 	}
   9555       else
   9556 	{
   9557 	  info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %s not defined in linker created %s\n"),
   9558 				  htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
   9559 				  (htab->sgotplt != NULL
   9560 				   ? htab->sgotplt->name : htab->got->name));
   9561 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   9562 	  ret = FALSE;
   9563 	}
   9564 
   9565       elf_section_data (htab->got->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   9566     }
   9567 
   9568   /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table.  */
   9569   if (splt && splt->size > 0)
   9570     {
   9571       /* Use the right PLT. */
   9572       const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (info->shared
   9573 				  ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
   9574 				  : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
   9575 
   9576       if (!info->shared)
   9577 	{
   9578 	  bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
   9579 
   9580 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
   9581 		      splt->contents +  0);
   9582 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
   9583 		      splt->contents +  4);
   9584 	}
   9585       else
   9586 	{
   9587 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents +  0);
   9588 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents +  4);
   9589 	}
   9590       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents +  8);
   9591       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
   9592       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
   9593       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
   9594       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
   9595       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
   9596 
   9597       if (! info->shared)
   9598 	{
   9599 	  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   9600 	  bfd_byte *loc;
   9601 
   9602 	  loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
   9603 
   9604 	  /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction.  */
   9605 	  rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   9606 			   + htab->plt->output_offset
   9607 			   + 2);
   9608 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
   9609 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   9610 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   9611 	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9612 
   9613 	  /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction.  */
   9614 	  rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
   9615 			   + htab->plt->output_offset
   9616 			   + 6);
   9617 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
   9618 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   9619 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   9620 	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9621 
   9622 	  /* Fix up the remaining relocations.  They may have the wrong
   9623 	     symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
   9624 	     in which symbols were output.  */
   9625 	  while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
   9626 	    {
   9627 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   9628 
   9629 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   9630 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
   9631 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   9632 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9633 
   9634 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   9635 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
   9636 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   9637 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9638 
   9639 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   9640 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
   9641 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   9642 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   9643 	    }
   9644 	}
   9645     }
   9646 
   9647   if (htab->glink != NULL
   9648       && htab->glink->contents != NULL
   9649       && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   9650     {
   9651       unsigned char *p;
   9652       unsigned char *endp;
   9653       bfd_vma res0;
   9654       unsigned int i;
   9655 
   9656       /*
   9657        * PIC glink code is the following:
   9658        *
   9659        * # ith PLT code stub.
   9660        *   addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
   9661        *   lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
   9662        *   mtctr 11
   9663        *   bctr
   9664        *
   9665        * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
   9666        * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
   9667        * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
   9668        * res_0:	b PLTresolve
   9669        * res_1:	b PLTresolve
   9670        * .
   9671        * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
   9672        * res_n_m3: nop
   9673        * res_n_m2: nop
   9674        * res_n_m1:
   9675        *
   9676        * PLTresolve:
   9677        *    addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
   9678        *    mflr 0
   9679        *    bcl 20,31,1f
   9680        * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
   9681        *    mflr 12
   9682        *    mtlr 0
   9683        *    sub 11,11,12                # r11 = index * 4
   9684        *    addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
   9685        *    lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12)      # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
   9686        *    lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12)     # got[2] contains the map address
   9687        *    mtctr 0
   9688        *    add 0,11,11
   9689        *    add 11,0,11                 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
   9690        *    bctr
   9691        */
   9692       static const unsigned int pic_plt_resolve[] =
   9693 	{
   9694 	  ADDIS_11_11,
   9695 	  MFLR_0,
   9696 	  BCL_20_31,
   9697 	  ADDI_11_11,
   9698 	  MFLR_12,
   9699 	  MTLR_0,
   9700 	  SUB_11_11_12,
   9701 	  ADDIS_12_12,
   9702 	  LWZ_0_12,
   9703 	  LWZ_12_12,
   9704 	  MTCTR_0,
   9705 	  ADD_0_11_11,
   9706 	  ADD_11_0_11,
   9707 	  BCTR,
   9708 	  NOP,
   9709 	  NOP
   9710 	};
   9711 
   9712       /*
   9713        * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
   9714        *
   9715        * # ith PLT code stub.
   9716        *   lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
   9717        *   lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
   9718        *   mtctr 11
   9719        *   bctr
   9720        *
   9721        * The branch table is the same, then comes
   9722        *
   9723        * PLTresolve:
   9724        *    lis 12,(got+4)@ha
   9725        *    addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
   9726        *    lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12)         # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
   9727        *    addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l       # r11 = index * 4
   9728        *    mtctr 0
   9729        *    add 0,11,11
   9730        *    lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12)        # got[2] contains the map address
   9731        *    add 11,0,11                 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
   9732        *    bctr
   9733        */
   9734       static const unsigned int plt_resolve[] =
   9735 	{
   9736 	  LIS_12,
   9737 	  ADDIS_11_11,
   9738 	  LWZ_0_12,
   9739 	  ADDI_11_11,
   9740 	  MTCTR_0,
   9741 	  ADD_0_11_11,
   9742 	  LWZ_12_12,
   9743 	  ADD_11_0_11,
   9744 	  BCTR,
   9745 	  NOP,
   9746 	  NOP,
   9747 	  NOP,
   9748 	  NOP,
   9749 	  NOP,
   9750 	  NOP,
   9751 	  NOP
   9752 	};
   9753 
   9754       if (ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4)
   9755 	abort ();
   9756       if (ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4)
   9757 	abort ();
   9758 
   9759       /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
   9760 	 and perhaps some padding.  */
   9761       p = htab->glink->contents;
   9762       p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
   9763       endp = htab->glink->contents;
   9764       endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
   9765       while (p < endp - 8 * 4)
   9766 	{
   9767 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
   9768 	  p += 4;
   9769 	}
   9770       while (p < endp)
   9771 	{
   9772 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
   9773 	  p += 4;
   9774 	}
   9775 
   9776       res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
   9777 	      + htab->glink->output_section->vma
   9778 	      + htab->glink->output_offset);
   9779 
   9780       /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub.  */
   9781       if (info->shared)
   9782 	{
   9783 	  bfd_vma bcl;
   9784 
   9785 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve); i++)
   9786 	    {
   9787 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, pic_plt_resolve[i], p);
   9788 	      p += 4;
   9789 	    }
   9790 	  p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve);
   9791 
   9792 	  bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
   9793 		 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
   9794 		 + htab->glink->output_offset);
   9795 
   9796 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9797 		      ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p + 0*4);
   9798 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9799 		      ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p + 3*4);
   9800 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9801 		      ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p + 7*4);
   9802 	  if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
   9803 	    {
   9804 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9805 			  LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4);
   9806 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9807 			  LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p + 9*4);
   9808 	    }
   9809 	  else
   9810 	    {
   9811 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9812 			  LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4);
   9813 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9814 			  LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 9*4);
   9815 	    }
   9816 	}
   9817       else
   9818 	{
   9819 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve); i++)
   9820 	    {
   9821 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_resolve[i], p);
   9822 	      p += 4;
   9823 	    }
   9824 	  p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve);
   9825 
   9826 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9827 		      LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p + 0*4);
   9828 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9829 		      ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p + 1*4);
   9830 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9831 		      ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p + 3*4);
   9832 	  if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
   9833 	    {
   9834 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9835 			  LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4);
   9836 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9837 			  LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p + 6*4);
   9838 	    }
   9839 	  else
   9840 	    {
   9841 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9842 			  LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4);
   9843 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   9844 			  LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 6*4);
   9845 	    }
   9846 	}
   9847     }
   9848 
   9849   if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
   9850       && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
   9851     {
   9852       unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
   9853       bfd_vma val;
   9854 
   9855       p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
   9856       /* FDE length.  */
   9857       p += 4;
   9858       /* CIE pointer.  */
   9859       p += 4;
   9860       /* Offset to .glink.  */
   9861       val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
   9862 	     + htab->glink->output_offset);
   9863       val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
   9864 	      + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
   9865       val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
   9866       bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
   9867 
   9868       if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
   9869 	  && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
   9870 					       htab->glink_eh_frame,
   9871 					       htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
   9872 	return FALSE;
   9873     }
   9874 
   9875   return ret;
   9876 }
   9877 
   9878 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec
   9880 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-powerpcle"
   9881 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec
   9882 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-powerpc"
   9883 #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_powerpc
   9884 #define ELF_TARGET_ID		PPC32_ELF_DATA
   9885 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_PPC
   9886 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
   9887 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
   9888 #else
   9889 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x10000
   9890 #endif
   9891 #define ELF_MINPAGESIZE		0x1000
   9892 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE	0x1000
   9893 #define elf_info_to_howto	ppc_elf_info_to_howto
   9894 
   9895 #ifdef  EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
   9896 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1	EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
   9897 #endif
   9898 
   9899 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
   9900 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2	EM_PPC_OLD
   9901 #endif
   9902 
   9903 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded	1
   9904 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1
   9905 #define elf_backend_can_refcount	1
   9906 #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   9907 
   9908 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject			ppc_elf_mkobject
   9909 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data	ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
   9910 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section		ppc_elf_relax_section
   9911 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup		ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
   9912 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup		ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
   9913 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags		ppc_elf_set_private_flags
   9914 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create	ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
   9915 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab		ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
   9916 
   9917 #define elf_backend_object_p			ppc_elf_object_p
   9918 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook		ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
   9919 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook		ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook
   9920 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr		ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
   9921 #define elf_backend_relocate_section		ppc_elf_relocate_section
   9922 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections	ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   9923 #define elf_backend_check_relocs		ppc_elf_check_relocs
   9924 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol	ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
   9925 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol	ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   9926 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook		ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
   9927 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections	ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
   9928 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol			ppc_elf_hash_symbol
   9929 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol	ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
   9930 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections	ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
   9931 #define elf_backend_fake_sections		ppc_elf_fake_sections
   9932 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers	ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
   9933 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map     	ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
   9934 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus		ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
   9935 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo			ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
   9936 #define elf_backend_write_core_note		ppc_elf_write_core_note
   9937 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class		ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
   9938 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing	ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
   9939 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	ppc_elf_final_write_processing
   9940 #define elf_backend_write_section		ppc_elf_write_section
   9941 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr		ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
   9942 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val			ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
   9943 #define elf_backend_action_discarded		ppc_elf_action_discarded
   9944 #define elf_backend_init_index_section		_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   9945 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook	ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
   9946 #define elf_backend_section_processing		ppc_elf_section_processing
   9947 
   9948 #include "elf32-target.h"
   9949 
   9950 /* FreeBSD Target */
   9951 
   9952 #undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   9953 #undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   9954 
   9955 #undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
   9956 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM  bfd_elf32_powerpc_freebsd_vec
   9957 #undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
   9958 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
   9959 
   9960 #undef  ELF_OSABI
   9961 #define ELF_OSABI	ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
   9962 
   9963 #undef  elf32_bed
   9964 #define elf32_bed	elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
   9965 
   9966 #include "elf32-target.h"
   9967 
   9968 /* VxWorks Target */
   9969 
   9970 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   9971 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   9972 
   9973 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
   9974 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_powerpc_vxworks_vec
   9975 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
   9976 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
   9977 
   9978 #undef  ELF_OSABI
   9979 
   9980 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt.  */
   9981 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
   9982 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec)
   9983 {
   9984   if (sec->name == NULL)
   9985     return NULL;
   9986 
   9987   if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
   9988     return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
   9989 
   9990   return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
   9991 }
   9992 
   9993 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
   9994    appropriately for VxWorks.  */
   9995 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   9996 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   9997 {
   9998   struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
   9999 
   10000   ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
   10001   if (ret)
   10002     {
   10003       struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
   10004         = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
   10005       htab->is_vxworks = 1;
   10006       htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
   10007       htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   10008       htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   10009       htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
   10010     }
   10011   return ret;
   10012 }
   10013 
   10014 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded.  */
   10015 static bfd_boolean
   10016 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
   10017 				 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   10018 				 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
   10019 				 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   10020 				 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   10021 				 asection **secp,
   10022 				 bfd_vma *valp)
   10023 {
   10024   if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp,
   10025 				   valp))
   10026     return FALSE;
   10027 
   10028   return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
   10029 }
   10030 
   10031 static void
   10032 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker)
   10033 {
   10034   ppc_elf_final_write_processing(abfd, linker);
   10035   elf_vxworks_final_write_processing(abfd, linker);
   10036 }
   10037 
   10038 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
   10039    define it.  */
   10040 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
   10041 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym		1
   10042 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
   10043 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt		1
   10044 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
   10045 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset		0
   10046 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
   10047 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded		0
   10048 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
   10049 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly		1
   10050 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
   10051 #define elf_backend_got_header_size		12
   10052 
   10053 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
   10054 
   10055 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
   10056 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   10057   ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
   10058 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
   10059 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
   10060   ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
   10061 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
   10062 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
   10063   elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
   10064 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
   10065 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   10066   ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
   10067 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
   10068 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
   10069   ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
   10070 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
   10071 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
   10072   elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
   10073 
   10074 #undef elf32_bed
   10075 #define elf32_bed				ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
   10076 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
   10077 
   10078 #include "elf32-target.h"
   10079